2017 Focus

User Manual: 2017-focus

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 467

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2017 OWNER’S MANUAL

owner.ford.com

ford.ca

October 2016
First Printing
Owner’s Manual
Focus
Litho in U.S.A.

HM5J 19A321 AA

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2016
All rights reserved.
Part Number: HM5J 19A321 AA 201608 20160831132745

Table of Contents
Supplementary Restraints
System

Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
California Proposition 65..............................11
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Ford Credit..........................................................11
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.......................................12
Special Notices................................................12
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................13
Export Unique Options..................................13

Principle of Operation..................................38
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Side Airbags.....................................................42
Driver Knee Airbag.........................................43
Safety Canopy™............................................44
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......45
Airbag Disposal..............................................46

Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................47
Remote Control - Vehicles With: Keyless
Entry................................................................47
Remote Control - Vehicles With:
Integrated Key Transmitter....................49
Remote Control - Vehicles With: Keyless
Entry with Remote Start..........................51
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................53

Environment
Protecting the Environment........................15

Child Safety
General Information.......................................16
Installing Child Restraints.............................17
Booster Seats..................................................24
Child Restraint Positioning.........................26
Child Safety Locks..........................................27

MyKey™
Principle of Operation..................................54
Creating a MyKey............................................55
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................56
Checking MyKey System Status...............57
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................57
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................57

Seatbelts
Principle of Operation..................................29
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................30
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................32
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................32
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................33
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance................................................35
Seatbelt Extension........................................35

Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking.................................59
Manual Liftgate...............................................63
Keyless Entry...................................................64
Interior Luggage Compartment Release
- 4-Door.........................................................65

Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™..........................37

Security
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................67

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Table of Contents
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................69

Information Displays

Steering Wheel

General Information.......................................91
Trip Computer.................................................94
Information Messages.................................95

Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................70
Audio Control...................................................70
Voice Control.....................................................71
Cruise Control...................................................71
Information Display Control........................71
Heated Steering Wheel................................72

Climate Control
Manual Climate Control............................103
Automatic Climate Control......................104
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate........................................................106
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................108
Cabin Air Filter...............................................108
Remote Start.................................................109

Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers.........................................73
Windshield Washers......................................73
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........74

Seats
Lighting

Sitting in the Correct Position...................110
Head Restraints.............................................110
Manual Seats..................................................112
Power Seats.....................................................112
Rear Seats........................................................113
Heated Seats...................................................115

General Information......................................75
Lighting Control...............................................75
Autolamps........................................................76
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................77
Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................77
Daytime Running Lamps..............................77
Automatic High Beam Control..................78
Front Fog Lamps............................................79
Direction Indicators........................................79
Interior Lamps.................................................79
Ambient Lighting...........................................80

Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points.................................116

Storage Compartments
Center Console................................................117
Overhead Console.........................................117

Windows and Mirrors
Starting and Stopping the
Engine

Power Windows...............................................81
Exterior Mirrors................................................82
Interior Mirror...................................................84
Sun Visors.........................................................84
Moonroof..........................................................84

General Information.....................................118
Ignition Switch................................................118
Keyless Starting.............................................118
Starting a Gasoline Engine.........................121
Engine Block Heater....................................124

Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................86
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87
Audible Warnings and Indicators............90

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Table of Contents

Auto-Start-Stop...........................................126

Front Parking Aid..........................................152
Active Park Assist.........................................153
Rear View Camera.......................................159

Fuel and Refueling

Cruise Control

Safety Precautions.......................................128
Fuel Quality - E85........................................129
Fuel Quality - Gasoline...............................130
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................130
Running Out of Fuel......................................131
Catalytic Converter......................................132
Refueling..........................................................132
Fuel Consumption........................................134
Emission Control System..........................135

Principle of Operation.................................162
Using Cruise Control....................................162

Unique Driving Characteristics

Driving Aids
Driver Alert......................................................164
Lane Keeping System.................................165
Blind Spot Information System..............169
Cross Traffic Alert...........................................171
Eco Mode.........................................................174
Steering.............................................................175

Transmission

Load Carrying

Manual Transmission - 6-Speed Manual
Transmission (MMT6)...........................138
Manual Transmission - 5-Speed Manual
Transmission (MTX-75)........................139
Automatic Transmission...........................140

Rear Under Floor Storage..........................176
Luggage Covers.............................................176
Load Limit........................................................176

Towing

Brakes

Towing a Trailer.............................................182
Transporting the Vehicle............................182
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Manual Transmission..............................182
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - 1.0L
EcoBoost™, Automatic
Transmission..............................................183
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 2.0L, Automatic Transmission............183

General Information....................................145
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...........................................................145
Parking Brake.................................................146
Hill Start Assist..............................................146

Traction Control
Principle of Operation................................148
Using Traction Control...............................148

Driving Hints
Breaking-In.....................................................186
Economical Driving......................................186
Cold Weather Precautions........................186
Driving Through Water...............................186
Floor Mats........................................................187

Stability Control
Principle of Operation................................149
Using Stability Control...............................150

Parking Aids
Principle of Operation..................................151
Rear Parking Aid.............................................151

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Table of Contents
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check............................................................222
Brake Fluid Check........................................222
Clutch Fluid Check - Manual
Transmission.............................................222
Washer Fluid Check....................................223
Changing the 12V Battery.........................223
Checking the Wiper Blades......................224
Changing the Front Wiper Blades.........224
Changing the Rear Wiper Blades...........225
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................226
Removing a Headlamp..............................227
Changing a Bulb...........................................228
Bulb Specification Chart...........................233
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................235
Drive Belt Routing - 1.0L
EcoBoost™................................................236
Drive Belt Routing - 2.0L...........................236

Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance..................................189
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................190
Fuel Shutoff...................................................190
Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................191
Post-Crash Alert System...........................193

Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need...............194
In California (U.S. Only).............................195
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................196
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................197
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................197
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................198
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................199
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................199

Vehicle Care
General Information....................................237
Cleaning Products........................................237
Cleaning the Exterior..................................238
Waxing.............................................................239
Cleaning the Engine....................................239
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades..........................................................240
Cleaning the Interior...................................240
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens........................241
Cleaning Leather Seats..............................241
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............242
Cleaning the Wheels..................................242
Vehicle Storage.............................................242
Body Styling Kits..........................................244

Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart...........................201
Changing a Fuse...........................................210

Maintenance
General Information.....................................212
Opening and Closing the Hood...............212
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L
EcoBoost™.................................................214
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L....................215
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L
EcoBoost™.................................................216
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L...........................216
Engine Oil Check...........................................216
Oil Change Indicator Reset........................217
Engine Cooling Fan......................................218
Engine Coolant Check................................218

Wheels and Tires
Tire Care..........................................................245
Using Snow Chains....................................260
Tire Pressure Monitoring System............261

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Table of Contents
Changing a Road Wheel...........................264
Driving at High Speed.................................267
Lug Nuts..........................................................268

SYNC™ 3
General Information...................................336
Home Screen.................................................347
Using Voice Recognition...........................348
Entertainment..............................................354
Phone...............................................................364
Navigation......................................................369
Apps..................................................................377
Settings...........................................................380
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................392

Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™...............................................269
Engine Specifications - 2.0L....................270
Motorcraft Parts - 1.0L EcoBoost™.......271
Motorcraft Parts - 2.0L...............................272
Vehicle Identification Number................273
Vehicle Certification Label.......................274
Transmission Code Designation............274
Capacities and Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™................................................275
Capacities and Specifications 2.0L...............................................................278

Accessories
Accessories...................................................405

Ford Protect
Ford Protect...................................................407

Scheduled Maintenance
Audio System

General Maintenance Information.......409
Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........412
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................415
Scheduled Maintenance Record.............417

General Information...................................282
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC.........283
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony Audio
System........................................................286
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Satellite
Radio............................................................290
Digital Radio..................................................292
Satellite Radio..............................................295
USB Port..........................................................297
Media Hub......................................................297

Appendices
End User License Agreement..................427
Type Approvals.............................................451

SYNC™
General Information...................................298
Using Voice Recognition..........................300
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............302
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......314
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................319
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................328

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

E154903

Right-hand side.

Left-hand side.

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Air conditioning system

Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.

E162384

E231157

Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system

Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks

Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.

Battery

Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.

Battery acid

Brake fluid - non petroleum
based

This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.

Brake system

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
Cabin air filter

Front airbag
E67017

Check fuel cap

Front fog lamps

Child safety door lock or unlock

Fuel pump reset

Child seat lower anchor

Fuse compartment

Child seat tether anchor

Hazard warning flashers

Cruise control

Heated rear window

Do not open when hot

Heated windshield

Engine air filter

Interior luggage compartment
release

Engine coolant

Jack

E71340

Keep out of reach of children

Engine coolant temperature
E161353

Lighting control

Engine oil

Low tire pressure warning

Explosive gas

Maintain correct fluid level

Fan warning

Fasten seatbelt

Note operating instructions

Flammable

Panic alarm

E71880

E231160

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
Parking aid

DATA RECORDING

E139213

Service Data Recording
Parking brake

Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, (for example, your contact
information), to offer you products or
services that may interest you. Data may
be provided to our service providers such
as part suppliers that may help diagnose
malfunctions, and who are similarly
obligated to protect data. We retain this
data only as long as necessary to perform
these functions or to comply with law. We
may provide information where required
in response to official requests to law
enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with
lawful authority or court order, and such
information may be used in legal
proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if
you choose to use connected apps and
services, such as SYNC Vehicle Health
Report or MyFord Mobile App, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may
also be accessed electronically by Ford
Motor Company and Ford authorized
service facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

Requires registered technician
E231159

Safety alert

See Owner's Manual

See Service Manual
E231158

Service engine soon

Side airbag

Shield the eyes
E167012

Stability control
E138639

Windshield wash and wipe

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries. See SYNC™ (page 298).

This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
is recorded by the event data recorder
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data or information (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location) is
recorded (see limitations regarding 911
Assist and Traffic, directions and
Information privacy below). However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder. The main purpose of an
event data recorder is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle;
this data will assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The event data recorder is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have such special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the event data recorder.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities or other
third parties acting with lawful
authority. Other parties may seek to
access the information independently
of Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada.

The event data recorder in this vehicle
is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
the brake pedal; and
• How fast the vehicle was traveling;
and
• Where the driver was positioning
the steering wheel.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
Note: Including to the extent that any
law pertaining to Event Data Recorders
applies to SYNC or its features, please
note the following: Once 911 Assist (if
equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist
may, through any paired and connected
cell phone, disclose to emergency
services that the vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or, in certain vehicles, the
activation of the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of being used to
electronically or verbally provide to 911
operators the vehicle location (such as
latitude and longitude), and/or other
details about the vehicle or crash or
personal information about the
occupants to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services. If you do not want to disclose
this information, do not activate the 911
Assist feature. See SYNC™ (page 298).

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNINGS
Some constituents of engine
exhaust, certain vehicle components,
certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Batteries also contain
other chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer. Wash your
hands after handling.

PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.

Additionally, when you connect to
Traffic, Directions and Information (if
equipped, U.S. only), the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect the vehicle’s current
location, travel direction, and speed
(“vehicle travel information”), only to
help provide you with the directions,
traffic reports, or business searches
that you request. If you do not want
Ford or its vendors to receive this
information, do not activate the
service. For more information, see
Traffic, Directions and Information,
Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™
(page 298).

For more information visit:
Web Address

www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

FORD CREDIT
US Only
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
We offer a number of convenient ways for
you to contact us, and to manage your
account.

vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.

Call 1-800-727-7000.
For more information about Ford Credit
and access to the Account Manager, go to
www.fordcredit.com.

Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.

REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.

SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered and what is not covered by your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
see the Warranty Manual that is provided
to you along with your Owner’s Manual.

Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.

Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNINGS
You risk death or serious injury to
yourself and others if you do not
follow the instruction highlighted by
the warning symbol. Failure to follow the
specific warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury.

Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During

Never place front seat mounted
rear-facing child or infant seats in
front of an active passenger airbag.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector

MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT

WARNING

Do not connect wireless plug-in
devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.

Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.

Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.

EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
13

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Introduction
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Environment
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You must play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGS
Technician (CPST) to make sure that you
properly install the child restraint in your
vehicle and that you consult your
pediatrician to make sure you have a child
restraint appropriate for your child. To
locate a child restraint fitting station and
CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in child
restraints made especially for their height,
age and weight, may result in an increased
risk of serious injury or death to your child.

See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is
secured properly in a device that is
appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and other safety
organizations, base their recommendations
for child restraints on probable child height,
age and weight thresholds, or on the
minimum requirements of the law. We
recommend that you check with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety

On hot days, the temperature inside
the vehicle can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to
these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Child

Child size, height, weight, or age

Infants or
toddlers

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).

Use a child safety seat
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).

Small children

Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four
and less than age 12, and between 40 lb
(18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to
100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).

Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.

Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than
Larger children
80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).

•

You are required by law to properly use
safety seats for infants and toddlers in
the United States and Canada.
Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)
tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local
and state or provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of
children in your vehicle.
When possible, always properly
restrain children 12 years of age and
under in a rear seating position of your
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 40).

Recommended restraint
type

Use a vehicle safety belt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seatback
upright.

INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats

E142594

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
•

Use a child safety seat (sometimes called
an infant carrier, convertible seat, or
toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or
children weighing 40 pounds (18
kilograms) or less (generally age four or
younger).

•

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts

Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child seat will be installed in the upright
position.
Put the safety belt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.

Perform the following steps when
installing the child seat with combination
lap and shoulder belts:

Note: Although the child seat illustrated is
a forward facing child seat, the steps are
the same for installing a rear facing child
seat.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Children 12 and under
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain safety belt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants
should only use seating positions where
they are able to be properly restrained.

When installing a child safety seat with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct safety belt buckle for
that seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child
seat and the release button, to prevent
accidental unbuckling.

E142529

E142528

Position the child safety seat in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.

E142875

5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until all of the belt is pulled out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats.

E142530

3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child seat according to the
child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt will click as it retracts
to indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode (you should
not be able to pull more belt out). If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the
belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E142531

4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.
E142533

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH)

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that will exist once the extra
weight of the child is added to the child
restraint. It also helps to achieve the
proper snugness of the child seat to
your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean
toward the buckle will additionally help
to remove remaining slack from the
belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat
is equipped).

WARNINGS
Never attach two child safety seats
to the same anchor. In a crash, one
anchor may not be strong enough to
hold two child safety seat attachments
and may break, causing serious injury or
death.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain safety belt buckle
assemblies or LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants
should only use seating positions where
they are able to be properly restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three
vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors
located where the seatback and seat
cushion meet (called the seat bight) and
one top tether anchor located behind that
seating position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use safety belts to attach the child seat,
however the safety belt can still be used
to attach the child seat. For forward-facing
child seats, the top tether strap must also
be attached to the proper top tether
anchor, if a top tether strap has been
provided with your child seat.

E142534

10.

Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement
for proper installation.

Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with your local St. John Ambulance
office for referral to a Certified Passenger
Seat Technician.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outboard Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use)
WARNING
The standardized spacing for LATCH
lower anchors is 11 inches (28
centimeters) center to center. Do not
use LATCH lower anchors for the center
seating position unless the child seat
manufacturer's instructions permit and
specify using anchors spaced at least as
far apart as those in this vehicle.

E142535

Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child seat installation at the seating
positions marked with the child seat
symbol.

The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches
(46 centimeters) apart. A child seat with
rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed at the center seating position.
LATCH compatible child seats (with
attachments on belt webbing) can only be
used at this seating position provided that
the child seat manufacturer's instructions
permit use with the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child seat to any lower
anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached
to that anchor.
Each time you use the safety seat, check
that the seat is properly attached to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child seat from side to
side and forward and back where it is
secured to your vehicle. The seat should
move less than one inch when you do this
for a proper installation.

E169083

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear
section of the rear seat between the
cushion and seatback above the symbols
as shown. Follow the child seat
manufacturer's instructions to properly
install a child seat with LATCH
attachments. Follow the instructions on
attaching child safety seats with tether
straps.

If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.

Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child seat only to the anchors shown.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
Combining Safety Belt and LATCH
Lower Anchors for Attaching Child
Safety Seats
When used in combination, either the
safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors
may be attached first, provided a proper
installation is achieved. Attach the tether
strap afterward, if included with the child
seat.

Using Tether Straps
E142537

Many forward-facing child safety
seats include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child safety seat and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older safety seats.

The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):
Perform the following steps to install a
child safety seat with tether anchors:
Note: If you install a child seat with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child seat off
your vehicle seat cushion when the child is
seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child seat.
Keeping the child seat just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.

Contact the manufacturer of your child
seat for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your safety seat
does not reach the appropriate top tether
anchor in your vehicle.
The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped
with built-in tether strap anchors located
behind the seats as described below.

Four Door

Four door: The tether anchors in your
vehicle are located under a cover marked
with the tether anchor symbol (shown with
title).

Five door: The tether anchors in your
vehicle are located on the back panel of
the rear seat.

Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the back of the seat. For outboard
seating positions, route the tether strap
under the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts. For the center
seating positions, route the tether strap
over the top of the head restraint.

E144274

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position.
3. Open the tether anchor cover.

E144275

E164077

4. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown. If the tether strap is clipped
incorrectly, the child safety seat may
not be retained properly in the event of
a crash.
5. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If the safety seat is not
anchored properly, the risk of a child
being injured in a crash greatly
increases.

2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position.

If your child restraint system is equipped
with a tether strap, and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends its use, we also
recommend its use.

E142539

3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown. If the tether strap is clipped
incorrectly, the child safety seat may
not be retained properly in the event of
a crash.
4. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.

Five Door
1.

Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the back of the seat. For outboard
seating positions, route the tether strap
under the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts. For the center
seating position, route the tether strap
over the top of the head restraint.

If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
If your child restraint system is equipped
with a tether strap, and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends its use, Ford
also recommends its use.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
•

BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.

•
•
•
•

Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally
children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches
(1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four
(4) and less than age twelve (12), and
between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and
80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to
100 pounds (45 kilograms) if
recommended by your child restraint
manufacturer). Many state and provincial
laws require that children use approved
booster seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall,
or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).

Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat back with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
Can the child sit without slouching?
Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?

Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.

Types of Booster Seats

Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:

E68924

•

Backless booster seats

If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
back or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat back or
head restraint and lap and shoulder belts,
or consider using a high back booster seat.

E142595

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.

E70710

•

High back booster seats

E142596

E142597

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.

WARNINGS
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.

CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING

Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash,
which may result in serious injury or death.

WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the vehicle seat
upon which the child seat is installed all
the way back. When possible, all children
age 12 and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position. If all
children cannot be seated and restrained
properly in a rear seating position, properly
restrain the largest child in the front seat.

Never use pillows, books, or towels
to boost a child. They can slide
around and increase the likelihood
of injury or death in a crash.
Always restrain an unoccupied child
seat or booster seat. These objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.

Always carefully follow the
instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint device
is appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in

To avoid risk of injury, do not leave
children or pets unattended in your
vehicle.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety

Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated below by X

Restraint
Type

Combined
weight of
child and
child seat

LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)

LATCH
(lower
anchors
only)

Rear facing Up to 65 lb
child seat
(29.5 kg)

Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt
and LATCH
only
and top
(lower
tether
anchors
anchor
and top
tether
anchor)

Rear facing Over 65 lb
child seat
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat

Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)

Forward
facing
child seat

Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)

Note: The child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
110).

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, the rear doors
cannot be opened from the inside.

E112197

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Child Safety
The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.

Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.

Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS
When possible, all children 12 years
old and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
Failure to follow this could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.

Seatbelts and seats can become hot
in a vehicle that has been closed up
in sunny weather; they could burn a
small child. Check seat covers and buckles
before you place a child anywhere near
them.

To reduce the risk of injury, make
sure children sit where they can be
properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.

Front and rear seat occupants,
including pregnant women, should
wear seatbelts for optimum
protection in an accident.

All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelts could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.

All seating positions in your vehicle have
lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants
of the vehicle should always properly wear
their seatbelts, even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system is provided.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Be sure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and
using a seatbelt properly.

The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Shoulder seatbelt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver seatbelt).
• Height adjuster at the front outboard
seating positions.
• Seatbelt pretensioner at the front
outboard seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front
outboard passenger seating position.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
Each seating position in your vehicle
has a specific seatbelt assembly
which is made up of one buckle and
one tongue that are designed to be used
as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the
outside shoulder only. Never wear the
shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never
swing the seatbelt around your neck over
the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single
belt for more than one person.

· Seatbelt warning light and
chime.
E71880

· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
E67017

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
The seatbelt pretensioners at the front
seating positions are designed to tighten
the seatbelts when activated. In frontal
and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or,
if the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. The pretensioners
will activate when the Safety Canopy is
deployed.

FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
E142588

The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.

2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.

Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your
seatback upright and properly fasten
your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.

E142587

Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.

E142590

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned low across the hips below
the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
allow. The shoulder belt should be
positioned to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.

In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. If
this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and
pull webbing out again in a slow and
controlled manner.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt is
automatically pre-locked. The belt will still
retract to remove any slack in the shoulder
belt. The automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver seatbelt.

Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNINGS
After a crash, have a qualified
technician check all the seatbelts to
make sure the seatbelts including
the automatic locking retractor feature for
child restraints operate properly. We
recommend replacing any system that has
damage or does not operate properly.
Failure to do so can result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
another crash.

When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
This mode should be used any time a child
safety seat, except a booster, is installed
in passenger front or rear seating positions.
Children 12 years old and under should be
properly restrained in a rear seating
position whenever possible. See Child
Safety (page 16).

You must replace the seatbelt if the
automatic locking retractor or any
other seatbelt function is not
operating correctly. Failure to replace the
seatbelt and retractor assembly could
increase the risk of injury in a crash.

How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode

All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver seatbelt has the first type of locking
mode. The front outboard passenger and
rear seat seatbelts have both types of
locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
E142591

This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts will lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.

Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until the entire belt is pulled
out.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This
indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.

SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
E183582

WARNING

To adjust the shoulder belt height:

Position the safety belt height
adjuster so that the belt rests across
the middle of your shoulder. Failure
to adjust the safety belt properly could
reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt
and increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Press the button and slide the height
adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on
the height adjuster to make sure it is
locked in place.

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so
the belt rests across the middle of your
shoulder.

SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
This lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound if the
E71880
driver's safety belt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
Conditions of operation
If...

Then...

The driver's safety belt is not buckled
before the ignition switch is turned to the
on position...

The safety belt warning light illuminates 12 minutes and the warning chime sounds
4-8 seconds.

The driver's safety belt is buckled while the
indicator light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...

The safety belt warning light and warning
chime turn off.

The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator
the ignition switch is turned to the on posichime remain off.
tion...
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects you place
in the front passenger seat, only the front
seat passengers receive warnings as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.

SEATBELT REMINDER
Belt-Minder™
This feature supplements the safety belt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the safety belt warning light
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a safety belt is
unbuckled.

If the Belt-Minder warnings expire
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
passenger (driver or front passenger), the
other passenger can still cause the
Belt-Minder feature to turn on.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts

If...

Then...

You and the front seat passenger buckle
your safety belts before you switch the
ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse
after you switch the ignition on...

The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
You or the front seat passenger do not
buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
on...
buckle your safety belts.
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
The safety belt for the driver or front
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
buckle your safety belts.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.

Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature

Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
• The parking brake is set.
• The transmission is in park (P)
(automatic transmission) or neutral
(N) (manual transmission).
• The ignition is off.
• The driver and front passenger safety
belts are unbuckled.

WARNING
While the system allows you to
deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being
safely belted and surviving an accident.
We recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this will terminate the process.

Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
vehicle.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 60 seconds.

Note: If you are using MyKey™, you cannot
disable the Belt-Minder. Also, if you have
previously disabled the Belt-Minder, it will
be re-enabled during the use of MyKey™.
See MyKey™ (page 54).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
safety belt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the safety belt warning
light turns on.
4. While the safety belt warning light is
on, buckle and then unbuckle the
safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt
warning light flashes for confirmation.
• This will switch the feature off for that
seating position if it is currently on.
• This will switch the feature on for that
seating position if it is currently off.

Ford Motor Company recommends that
all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Safety
belt assemblies not in use during a crash
should also be inspected and replaced if
either damage or improper operation is
noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle
Care (page 237).

SEATBELT EXTENSION

CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE

WARNINGS
Persons who fit into the vehicle's
seatbelt should not use an extension.
Unnecessary use could result in
serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.

Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
seat safety belts to make sure there are no
nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including
retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle
assemblies, buckle support assemblies
(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder
belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child
safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and
attaching hardware, should be inspected
after a crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.

Only use extensions provided free of
charge by Ford Motor Company
dealers. The dealer will provide an
extension designed specifically for this
vehicle, model year and seating position.
The use of an extension intended for
another vehicle, model year or seating
position may not offer you the full
protection of your vehicle’s seatbelt
restraint system.
Never use seatbelt extensions to
install child restraints.
Do not use a seatbelt extension with
an inflatable seatbelt.
Do not use extensions to change the
fit of the belt across the torso, over
the lap or to make the seatbelt
buckle easier to reach.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seatbelts
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford
seatbelt extensions made by the original
equipment seatbelts manufacturer should
be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint
system.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Personal Safety System™
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?

The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system is able
to analyze different occupant conditions
and crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.

The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or
both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.

The Vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outboard seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Driver seat position sensor.
• Passenger seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicator
lamp.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
backup tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners,
front seatbelt usage sensors, driver
seat position sensor, passenger seat
position sensor, front passenger
sensing system and indicator lights.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
safety belts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or
gently, and the risk of injury from a
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module.

Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.

All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your safety belt could seriously increase
the risk of injury or death.

The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.

Always transport children 12 years
old and under in the back seat and
always properly use appropriate
child restraints. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Never place your arm over the airbag
module as a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or
other injuries.

While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses as you
could be seriously injured or killed. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. To reduce the
risk of injury, do not touch them after
inflation.

Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.

If the airbag has deployed, the airbag
will not function again and must be
replaced immediately. If the airbag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment

DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS

WARNING

WARNINGS
Never place your arm or any objects
over an airbag module. Placing your
arm over a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or other
injuries. Objects placed on or over the
airbag inflation area may cause those
objects to be propelled by the airbag into
your face and torso causing serious injury.

National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance
of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters)
between an occupant’s chest and the
driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.

After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on safety belts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat back, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

E151127

The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.

Children and Airbags
WARNING

The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.

· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
E67017
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 45).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
WARNINGS
Do not stow objects in the seatback
map pocket or hang objects off a
seatback if a child is in the front
passenger seat. Do not place objects under
the front passenger seat or between the
seat and the center console. Check the
passenger airbag indicator lamp for proper
airbag status. Failure to follow these
instructions may interfere with the front
passenger seat sensing system and
increase the risk of serious injury.

E142846

Any alteration or modification to the
front passenger seat may affect the
performance of the front passenger
sensing system. This could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.

Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.

This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and
seatbelt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.

FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Even with advanced restraints
systems, properly restrain children
12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.

E188175

The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag status indicator that
illuminates indicating that the front
passenger frontal airbag is either ON
(enabled) or OFF (disabled).
The indicator lamp is located in the center
stack of the instrument panel.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
Note: The passenger airbag status indicator
OFF and ON indicator lamps illuminate for
a short period of time when the ignition is
first turned on to confirm it is functional.

The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger's frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.

The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when the
front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a
rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing
child restraint, or a booster seat is
detected. Even with this technology,
parents are strongly encouraged to
always properly restrain children in the rear
seat. The sensor also turns off the
passenger front airbag when the passenger
seat is empty.
•

•

When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the ON lamp and remains
illuminated.

If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator
lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is
not sitting properly in the seat. If this
happens:
• Turn the vehicle off and ask the person
to place the seatback in the full upright
position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger’s frontal airbag.
• If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit
even after this, the person should be
advised to ride in the rear seat.

When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the OFF lamp and stays lit
to remind you that the front passenger
frontal airbag is disabled.
If the child restraint has been installed
and the passenger airbag status
indicator illuminates the ON lamp, then
turn the vehicle off, remove the child
restraint from the vehicle and reinstall
the restraint following the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.

Occupant

Passenger airbag status
indicator

Passenger airbag

Empty

OFF: Lit

Disabled

ON: Unlit
Child

OFF: Lit

Disabled

ON: Unlit
Adult

OFF: Unlit
ON: Lit

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Enabled

Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

The driver or adult passengers should
check for any objects that may be lodged
underneath the front passenger seat or
cargo interfering with the seat.
If objects are lodged or cargo is interfering
with the seat, please take the following
steps to remove the obstruction:
• Pull the vehicle over.
• Turn the vehicle off.
• Driver or adult passengers should
check for any objects lodged
underneath the front passenger seat
or cargo interfering with the seat.
• Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
• Restart the vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness lamp is no
longer illuminated
• If the airbag readiness lamp remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.

If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
• Objects lodged underneath the seat.
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seatback.
• Objects stowed in the seatback map
pocket.
• Objects placed on the occupant’s lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat.
• Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
• Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.

Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center. See
Getting the Services You Need (page
194).

The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the front
passenger sensing system. The person in
the front passenger seat may appear
heavier or lighter due to the conditions
described in the list above.

SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.

Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
E67017
properly, See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).
If the airbag readiness lamp is lit, do
the following:

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted
to your vehicle.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seatbacks.
• Front passenger sensing system.

WARNINGS
Do not use accessory seat covers.
The use of accessory seat covers
may prevent the deployment of the
side airbags and increase the risk of injury
in an accident.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the side of the
seatback.

Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
E67017
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 45).

Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the seat airbag supplemental
restraint systems, its fuses or the
seat cover on a vehicle containing seat
airbags as you could be seriously injured
or killed. Contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.

The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.

If the side airbag has deployed, the
airbag will not function again. The
side airbag system (including the
seat) must be inspected as soon as
possible. If the airbag is not replaced, the
unrepaired area will increase the risk of
injury in a crash.

DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG
A driver's knee airbag is located under the
instrument panel. During a crash, the
restraints control module may activate the
driver's knee airbag based on crash severity
and occupant conditions. Under certain
crash and occupant conditions, the driver’s
knee airbag may deploy but the driver’s
front airbag may not activate. As with front
and side airbags, it is important to be
properly seated and restrained to reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.

The side airbags are on the outboard side
of the seatbacks of the front seats. The
airbag was designed to inflate between
the door panel and occupant to further
enhance the protection provided to
occupants in certain side impact crashes.

Make sure the knee airbag is
operating properly. See Crash
E67017
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 45).

E152533

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The Safety Canopy deploys during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet
metal, behind the headliner, above each
row of seats. In certain sideways crashes
or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will
be activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.

SAFETY CANOPY™
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into
contact with a deploying curtain airbag.
Failure to follow these instructions may
increase the risk of personal injury in the
event of a crash.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The curtain airbag could injure you
as it deploys from the headliner.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the curtain airbag
supplemental restraint system, its
fuses, the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the
headliner on a vehicle containing curtain
airbags as you could be seriously injured
or killed. Contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelt could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.

E75004

The system consists of the following:
• Safety Canopy curtain airbags located
above the trim panels over the front
and rear side windows identified by a
label or wording on the headliner or
roof-pillar trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment

To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
If the curtain airbags have deployed,
the curtain airbags will not function
again. The curtain airbags (including
the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner)
must be inspected and serviced as soon
as possible. If the curtain airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.

· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness
E67017
indicator. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.

The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. A warning indicator light in the
instrument cluster indicates the readiness
of the safety system. If this warning
indicator light is not functioning and there
is another fault within the system, the
message cluster could display an airbag
failure warning. You could hear five tones
that repeat periodically until you repair the
problem, the warning indicator light could
illuminate or both. Routine maintenance
of the airbag is not required.

The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).

A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:

CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR

E67017

•
WARNING
•

Modifying or adding equipment to
the front end of your vehicle
(including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow hooks
and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify
or add equipment to the front end of your
vehicle.

The indicator light will not
illuminate immediately after the
ignition is turned on.

The indicator light either flashes or
stays illuminated.
You could hear five tones that repeat
periodically until you repair the
problem.

If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
The seatbelt pretensioners and the airbag
supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when your vehicle
sustains frontal or sideways deceleration
sufficient to cause the restraints control
module to deploy a safety device or when
a certain likelihood of a rollover event is
detected by the rollover sensor.

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module which deploys (activates) the
front seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag,
passenger airbag, knee airbag(s), seat
mounted side airbags, and the Safety
Canopy. Based on the type of accident
(frontal impact, side impact or rollover)
the restraints control module will deploy
the appropriate safety devices.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners
or airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the accident
conditions (for example, crash severity,
belt usage) were not appropriate to
activate these safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
• The seatbelt pretensioners are
designed to activate in frontal,
near-frontal, side and rollover crashes.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side crashes. Side
airbags could activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
• The knee airbag(s) could deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The design of the Safety Canopy is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
and when a certain likelihood of
rollover is detected by the rollover
sensor. The Safety Canopy could
activate in other types of crashes if the
vehicle experiences sufficient sideways
motion or deformation, or a certain
likelihood of rollover.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.

GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES
WITH: KEYLESS ENTRY
Intelligent Access Key

Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term IC before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 feet (10
meters). Vehicles with the remote start
feature will have a greater range. One of
the following could cause a decrease in
operating range:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around the vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle

E162192

Key Blade
The intelligent access key also contains a
removable key blade that you can use to
unlock your vehicle.

The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other short
distance radio transmissions, for example
amateur radios, medical equipment,
wireless headphones, remote controls and
alarm systems. If the frequencies are
jammed, you will not be able to use your
remote control. You can lock and unlock
the doors with the key.

Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.

E87964

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
To release the key blade:
1.

Press and hold the buttons on the
edges of the transmitter to release the
cover. Carefully remove the cover.
2. Remove the key blade.

Programming a New Remote
Control
To program an additional remote control
See Security (page 67).
E105362

Changing the Remote Control
Battery

3. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully seperate the
two halves of the remote control.

The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
E107998
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.

2
4
E119190

E87964

4. Twist the screwdriver in the position
shown to separate the two halves of
the remote control.

Press and hold the buttons on the
edges of the transmitter to release the
cover. Carefully remove the cover.
2. Remove the key blade.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES
WITH: INTEGRATED KEY
TRANSMITTER

Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (If
Equipped)

E125860

Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or
the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.
5. Carefully remove the battery with the
screwdriver.
6. Install a new battery with the + facing
downward.
7. Assemble the two halves of the remote
control.
8. Reinstall the key blade.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.

E142585

Use the key blade to start your vehicle and
unlock or lock the driver door from outside
your vehicle. The buttons on the key
operate the remote control.

Note: Replacing the battery does not delete
the transmitter from the vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.

Locating Your Vehicle
Press the lock button on the key twice
within three seconds. The horn may sound
and the direction indicators flash.

E138615
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.

The horn may sound twice and the
direction indicators do not flash if:
• Locking was not successful.
• Any door or the liftgate is open.
• The hood is open on vehicles with an
anti-theft alarm or remote start.

Programming a New Remote
Control
To program an additional remote control
See Security (page 67).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
Note: When you press the unlock button,
either all the doors are unlocked or only the
driver door is unlocked. Pressing the unlock
button again unlocks all the doors.
Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons
on the remote control simultaneously for
at least four seconds with the ignition off.
The direction indicators flash twice to
confirm the change.

E138620
3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the
symbols inside the transmitter for the
correct orientation of the battery.
Press the battery down to make sure
it is fully in the housing.
4. Reinstall the battery housing cover
onto the transmitter.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.

To return to the original unlocking function,
repeat the process.

Changing the Remote Control
Battery
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.

Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle.

Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
E107998
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.

Locating Your Vehicle
Press the lock button on the key twice
within three seconds. The horn sounds and
the direction indicators flash. We
recommend you use this method to locate
your vehicle, rather than using the panic
alarm.
The horn sounds twice and the direction
indicators do not flash if:
• Locking was not successful.
• Any door or the liftgate is open.
• The hood is open on vehicles with an
anti-theft alarm or remote start.

E138619

Sounding the Panic Alarm (If Equipped)

Twist a thin coin in the slot of the
transmitter near the key ring to remove
the battery cover.
2. Remove the old battery.

E138624

Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. Press the button
again or switch the ignition on to

silence it.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
50

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES
WITH: KEYLESS ENTRY WITH
REMOTE START
Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)
E138618
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
E138616

Programming a New Remote
Control

The intelligent access key operates the
power locks and the remote start system.
The key must be in your vehicle to switch
on the push-button start system.

To program an additional remote control
See Security (page 67).

Key Blade

Changing the Remote Control
Battery

The intelligent access key also contains a
removable key blade that you can use to
unlock your vehicle.

Remove the key blade from the
transmitter.

E142431

Slide the release on the back of the
transmitter, then pull the blade out.

E142432

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
Sounding the Panic Alarm (If Equipped)

2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.

Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
E138624
switch the ignition on to
deactivate it.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.

Remote Start
WARNING
To prevent drawing exhaust fumes
into your vehicle, do not use remote
start if your vehicle is parked indoors
or areas that are not well ventilated.

E138622
3. Remove the old battery.
4. Insert a new battery with the + facing
downward. Press the battery down to
make sure it is fully in the housing.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover
onto the transmitter and install the key
blade.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.

The remote start button is on the
transmitter.
E138625

This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from the outside. The transmitter
has an extended operating range.
Vehicles with automatic climate control
can be configured to operate when your
vehicle is remote started. See Automatic
Climate Control (page 104).

Note: Replacing the battery does not delete
the transmitter from your vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.

Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.

Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle
is low on fuel.
The remote start system does not work if
any of the following occur:
• The ignition is on.
• The alarm system activates.
• You turn off the feature.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).

The horn sounds twice and the direction
indicators do not flash if:
• Locking was not successful.
• Any door or the liftgate is open.
• The hood is open on vehicles with an
anti-theft alarm or remote start.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls
•
•

Note: If you remote start your vehicle with
an intelligent access transmitter, you must
press the push button ignition switch on the
instrument panel once while applying the
brake pedal before driving your vehicle.

Your vehicle battery has no charge.
The powertrain fault indicator was on
the last time you drove your vehicle.

Remote Starting your Vehicle

Extending the Engine Running Time

Note: You must press each button within
three seconds of each other. If you do not
follow this sequence, your vehicle does not
start remotely, the direction indicators do
not flash twice and the horn does not sound.

To extend the engine running time duration
of your vehicle during remote start, repeat
steps 1 and 2 while the engine is running.
If the duration is set to 10 minutes, the
duration extends by another 10 minutes.
For example, if your vehicle had been
running from the first remote start for 5
minutes, your vehicle continues to run now
for a total of 20 minutes. You can extend
the engine running time duration to a
maximum of 30 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after a vehicle shutdown.

E138626

The label on your transmitter details the
starting procedure.

Turning Your Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting

To remote start your vehicle:

Press the button once. The
parking lamps turn off.

Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The direction indicators flash twice.

E138625

You may have to be closer to
your vehicle than when starting due to
ground reflection and the added noise of
the running vehicle.

The horn sounds if the system fails to start,
unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs the
blower fan at a slower speed to reduce
noise. You can switch it on or off using the
information display. See General
Information (page 91).

You can turn the remote start system on
or off using the information display. See
General Information (page 91).

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL

The power windows do not work during
remote start and the radio does not turn
on automatically.

You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 67).

The parking lamps remain on and your
vehicle runs for 5, 10 or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.

To re-program the passive anti-theft
system see an authorized dealer.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

MyKey™
•

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys can
be activated with these restricted modes.

•
•

Any keys that remain unprogrammed are
referred to as administrator keys or admin
keys. They can be used to:
•
•
•

Create a MyKey.
Program configurable MyKey settings.
Clear all MyKey features.

Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure
certain MyKey settings when you first
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
key or restart the engine. You can also
change the settings afterward with an
admin key.

When you have created a MyKey, you can
access the following information by using
the information display to determine:
•
•

How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
The total distance your vehicle traveled
with a MyKey.

•

Note: Switch the ignition on to use the
system.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.

Do not set MyKey maximum speed
limit to a limit that will prevent the
driver from maintaining a safe speed
considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.

Non-configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:

•

A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.
WARNING

Note: For vehicles equipped with a
push-button start, when both a MyKey and
an admin key are present, the admin key will
be recognized by the vehicle when you start
the vehicle.

•

Driver assist features, if equipped on
your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid
and Blind Spot Information System
(BLIS) with cross traffic alert.
Satellite radio adult content
restrictions, if equipped on your vehicle.
Pre-collision assist and Lane Departure
warning switches on every ignition
cycle, but can be switched off by the
MyKey user.

Safety belt reminder. You cannot
disable this feature. The audio system
will mute when the front seat
passengers’ safety belts are not
fastened.
Early low fuel warning. The low-fuel
warning activates earlier, giving MyKey
users more time to refuel.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

MyKey™
•

•

Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
Audio system maximum volume of
45%. A message will be shown in the
display when you attempt to exceed
the limited volume. Also, the
speed-sensitive or compensated
automatic volume control will be
disabled.
Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to turn
off AdvanceTrac or traction control,
E911 or Emergency Assist, or the Do Not
Disturb feature (if your vehicle is
equipped with these features).

CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped
with a push-button start, place the
intelligent access transmitter into the
backup position. The location of your
backup position is in another chapter.
See Starting and Stopping the
Engine (page 118).
2. Switch the vehicle on.
3. Access the main menu through the
information display controls. Use the
arrow keys to get to the following menu
selections:

Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

Create MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

Programming/Changing
Configurable Settings

When prompted, hold the OK button until
you see a message informing you to label
this key as a MyKey. The key will be
restricted at the next start.

Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings by doing the
following:
1. Switch the vehicle on using an admin
key.
2. Use the arrow keys to get to the
following menu selections:

MyKey is successfully created. Make sure
you label it so you can distinguish it from
the admin keys.
You can also program configurable
settings for the key(s). See
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings.
Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow key.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

MyKey™
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the vehicle off, however, you
will need an admin key to change or clear
your MyKey settings.

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS

Note: When you make any changes to your
MyKey settings, you change the settings for
every MyKey. You cannot make individual
changes to apply to certain MyKeys.

Switch the ignition on using an admin key.

You can clear or change your MyKey
settings using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 91).

To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access
the main menu and scroll to:
Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button or the right arrow button.

MyKey

Press the OK button or the right arrow button.

Clear MyKey

Press and hold the OK button until the instrument cluster
displays the following message.

All MyKeys
Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

MyKey™
Number of MyKeys

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS

Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many MyKeys you
have for your vehicle and determine when
all MyKeys have been deleted.

You can find information about your
programmed MyKeys by using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 91).

Number of Admin Keys

MyKey Distance

Indicates how many admin keys are
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been
programmed.

Tracks the distance when drivers use a
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does
not accumulate as expected, then the
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then
recreated a MyKey.

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
All Vehicles
Condition

Potential Causes

I cannot create a MyKey.

The key used to start the vehicle is not an admin key.
The key used to start the vehicle is the only key. There
always has to be at least one admin key.
The passive anti-theft system is not programmed to your
vehicle. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 67).

I cannot program the
configurable settings.

The key used to start your vehicle is not an admin key.
There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See
Creating a MyKey (page 55).

I cannot clear the MyKeys.

The key used to start your vehicle is not an admin key.
There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See
Creating a MyKey (page 55).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

MyKey™
Condition

Potential Causes

I lost the only admin key.

Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.

I lost a key.

Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft System
(page 67).

The MyKey distance does
not accumulate.

The MyKey is not being used by the intended user.
The MyKeys have been cleared and the MyKey system has
been reset.

Vehicles With Push-Button Start
Condition

Potential Causes

I cannot create a MyKey.

The transmitter is not in the backup position. See Keyless
Starting (page 118).

There are no MyKey driving
modes.

An admin key is present when you switch the ignition on.
There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See
Creating a MyKey (page 55).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING

Opening a Rear Door From the Inside

You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.

Pull the interior door handle twice to
unlock and open a rear door. The first pull
unlocks the door and the second pull
opens the door.

Note: Always take your keys and lock all
doors when leaving your vehicle.

Remote Control

Power Door Locks

You can use the remote control at any
time.

The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.

The liftgate or luggage compartment
release button will only work when the
vehicle speed is less than 4 mph (7 km/h).

Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
Press the button to unlock the
driver door. Press the button
E138629
again within three seconds to
unlock all doors. The direction indicators
will flash.

They will remain illuminated for up to five
minutes after you switch the ignition off.

Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver door or
all doors unlock mode. The direction
indicators will flash twice to indicate a
change to the unlocking mode. Driver door
mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All door
mode unlocks all doors when you press
the unlock button once. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control,
keyless entry keypad and intelligent
access.

Door Lock Switch Inhibitor

Locking the Doors

When you electronically lock your vehicle,
the power door lock switch will no longer
operate after approximately 11 seconds.

Press the button to lock all
doors. The direction indicators
E138623
will flash. Press the button again
within three seconds to confirm that all
the doors are closed. The doors will lock
again, the horn will sound and the direction
indicators will flash if all the doors and the
liftgate or luggage compartment are
closed.

E184784

Unlock.

Lock.

Door Lock Indicator
An LED on the power door lock control
illuminates when you lock the door.

You must unlock your vehicle with the
remote control or keyless keypad, or switch
the ignition on, to restore function to these
switches.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
Mislock

The system allows you to unlock, operate
and lock your vehicle without using a key
or remote control.

If any door or the liftgate or luggage
compartment is open, or if the hood is
open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm
or remote start, the horn will sound twice
and the direction indicators will not flash.
Opening the Liftgate or Luggage
Compartment

E138630

Press twice within three seconds
to unlatch the liftgate or luggage
compartment.

Make sure to close and latch the liftgate
or luggage compartment before driving
your vehicle. An unlatched liftgate or
luggage compartment may cause objects
to fall out or block your view.

E78276

Closing the Liftgate or Luggage
Compartment

You must have the intelligent access key
within 5 ft (1.5 m) of your vehicle.

The liftgate or luggage compartment will
not fully close if an intelligent access key
is located inside the luggage compartment
with the doors locked.

Note: The system may not function if the
intelligent access key is close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.

Note: If a second intelligent access key is
located within the liftgate or luggage
compartment detection range, the liftgate
or luggage compartment can be fully closed.

At a Door
Pull an exterior door handle to unlock and
open the door. Do not touch the lock
sensor on the front of the handle.

Activating Intelligent Access (If
Equipped)

The system will not function if:
• Your vehicle battery has no charge.
• The intelligent access key battery has
no charge.
• The intelligent access key frequencies
are jammed.
Note: If the system does not function, use
the key blade to lock and unlock your
vehicle. See Keys and Remote Controls
(page 47).
E185863

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
If both front doors are closed, you can lock
your vehicle by any method, regardless of
whether the key is in the ignition or not.

The locking sensors are on the front door
handles.
Touch a locking sensor once to lock your
vehicle and arm the alarm. There is a brief
delay before you can unlock your vehicle
again.

Smart Unlocks for Intelligent
Access Keys (If Equipped)
This helps to prevent you from locking your
key inside the passenger compartment or
rear cargo area.

Note: Keep the door handle clean to make
sure the system operates correctly.
Note: Your vehicle does not automatically
lock. If you do not touch a locking sensor
your vehicle will remain unlocked.

When you electronically lock your vehicle
with any door open, transmission in park
(P) and the ignition off, the system will
search for an intelligent access key in the
passenger compartment after you close
the last door. If the system finds a key, all
of the doors will immediately unlock and
the horn sounds twice, indicating that a
key is inside.

At the Liftgate or Luggage
Compartment

When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors will lock then unlock if
the ignition is on.
E190028

Disabled Intelligent Access Keys

Press the release button above the license
plate to unlatch the liftgate or luggage
compartment.

Intelligent access keys left inside your
vehicle when locked are disabled.
You cannot use a disabled intelligent
access key to switch the ignition on.

Smart Unlocks for Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter (If Equipped)

You will reactivate disabled intelligent
access keys when you switch the ignition
on using a valid key.

This helps to prevent you from locking
yourself out of your vehicle if the key is still
in the ignition.

Autolock

When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle with the power door lock
control, all the doors will lock then unlock
and the horn will sound twice if the key is
still in the ignition.

Autolock locks all the doors when all of the
following occur:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 4 mph (7 km/h).

You can still lock your vehicle with the key
in the ignition. To do this, use the keyless
entry keypad with the driver door closed,
or press the lock button on the transmitter
even if the doors are not closed.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
Autounlock

The lamps turn off if:
• The ignition is on.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
• 25 seconds have elapsed.

Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all
of the following occur:
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
closed and your vehicle has been in
motion at a speed greater than 4 mph
(7 km/h).
• Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to accessory.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory.

The lamps will not turn off if:
• You switch them on with the lighting
control.
• Any door is open.

Illuminated Exit
For vehicles with an integrated keyhead
transmitter, the interior lamps and select
exterior lamps illuminate when you close
all the doors, you switch the ignition off
and you remove the key from the ignition.

Note: If you electronically lock your vehicle
after you switch the ignition off with the
driver door closed, the doors will not
autounlock.
To enable or disable autounlock, do the
following:

The lamps turn off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• 25 seconds have elapsed.
• You insert the key in the ignition
(integrated keyhead transmitter only).
• You press the START/STOP button
(intelligent access key only).

1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press the power door unlock control
three times.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Press the power door unlock control
three times.
5. Switch the ignition on. The horn sounds
indicating your vehicle is in
programming mode.
6. Press the power door lock control and
within five seconds, press the power
door unlock control. The horn sounds
once if disabled or twice if enabled.
7. Switch the ignition off. The horn sounds
indicating programming is complete.

Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps, dome
lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver
will turn them off 10 minutes after you
switch the ignition off.
Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
If you leave the ignition switched on and
the engine is not running, the battery saver
will turn the ignition off when it detects a
certain amount of battery drain, or after
45 minutes have elapsed.

Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote entry system.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
Opening the Liftgate or Luggage
Compartment

WARNINGS
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.

With the Remote Control

E138630

Press twice within three seconds
to unlatch the liftgate or luggage
compartment.

From Inside Your Vehicle
Press the button on the lighting
control panel.

Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.

E211694

From Outside Your Vehicle

Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.

Opening the Liftgate

E190028

Manually

Press the release button above the license
plate to unlatch the liftgate or luggage
compartment. Your vehicle must be
unlocked or have an intelligent access
transmitter within 5 ft (1.5 m) of the liftgate
or luggage compartment.

MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.

E190028

Press the release button above the license
plate to unlatch the liftgate.
With the Remote Control
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
E138630

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
Closing the Liftgate

E155976

A handle is located inside the liftgate to
help with closing.

E138637

You can use the keypad to do the
following:
• Lock or unlock the doors.
• Program and erase user codes.
• Arm and disarm the anti-theft alarm.

KEYLESS ENTRY (If Equipped)
SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
The keypad is located near the driver
window. It is invisible until touched and
then it lights up so you can see and touch
the appropriate buttons.

You can operate the keypad with the
factory-set five-digit entry code. The code
is on the owner’s wallet card in the glove
box and is available from an authorized
dealer. You can also program up to five of
your own five-digit personal entry codes.

Note: If you enter your entry code too fast
on the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Enter your entry code again more
slowly.

Programming a Personal Entry Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five
seconds.
3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You
must enter each number within five
seconds of each other.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save
personal code 1.
The doors lock then unlock to confirm that
programming was successful.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
To program additional personal entry
codes, repeat Steps 1-3, then for Step 4:
• Press 3·4 to save personal code 2.
• Press 5·6 to save personal code 3.
• Press 7·8 to save personal code 4.
• Press 9·0 to save personal code 5.

Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Locking All Doors
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 on the keypad
simultaneously with the driver door closed.
You do not need to enter a code first.
Unlocking All Doors

Hints:
• Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number.
• Do not use five numbers in sequential
order.
• The factory-set code works even if you
have set your own personal code.

Enter the factory-set code or your personal
code, then press 3·4 on the keypad within
five seconds.
Unlocking Only the Driver Door
Enter the factory-set or your personal
five-digit code. You must press each
number within five seconds of each other.
The interior lamps illuminate.

Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad
within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds.
You must do this within five seconds
of completing step 2.

Note: All doors unlock if the two-stage
unlocking feature is turned off. See Locking
and Unlocking (page 59).

INTERIOR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT RELEASE - 4DOOR

All personal codes erase and only the
factory-set five-digit code works.

WARNINGS
Keep vehicle doors and luggage
compartment locked and keep keys
and remote transmitters out of a
child’s reach. Unsupervised children could
lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury.
Children should be taught not to play in
vehicles.

Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode
if you enter the wrong code seven times.
This mode turns off the keypad for one
minute and the keypad lamp flashes.
The anti-scan feature turns off after any
of the following occur:
• One minute of keypad inactivity.
• You press the unlock button on the
remote control.
• You switch your vehicle on.
• You unlock the vehicle using intelligent
access.

Do not leave children or animals
unattended in the vehicle. On hot
days, the temperature in the trunk or
vehicle interior can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to these
high temperatures for even a short time
can cause death or serious heat-related
injuries, including brain damage. Small
children are particularly at risk.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Doors and Locks
Your vehicle is equipped with a release
handle that provides a means of escape
for children and adults if they become
locked inside the luggage compartment.
Adults should familiarize themselves with
the operation and location of the release
handle.

E144403

The handle is located inside the luggage
compartment either on the luggage
compartment door (lid) or near the tail
lamps. It is composed of a material that
will glow for hours in darkness following
brief exposure to ambient light.
Pull the handle and push up on the luggage
compartment door (lid) to open from
within the luggage compartment.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Security
The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and turns on the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in engine
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.

If your intelligent access keys are lost or
stolen and you do not have an extra coded
key, you need to have your vehicle towed
to an authorized dealer. You need to erase
the key codes from your vehicle and
program new coded keys.

Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may result in vehicle starting
problems, especially if they are too close to
the key when starting your vehicle. Prevent
these objects from touching the coded key
when starting your vehicle. If your vehicle
fails to start, switch the ignition off, move
all objects on the key chain away from the
key and start your vehicle.

Store a spare intelligent access key away
from your vehicle in a safe place. Contact
an authorized dealer to purchase
additional spare or replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter
You can program your own integrated
keyhead transmitter or standard
SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This
procedure will program both the vehicle
immobilizer keycode and the remote entry
portion of the remote control to your
vehicle.

Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.

SecuriLock
The system helps prevent the engine from
starting unless you use a coded key
programmed to your vehicle. A message
may appear in the information display.

Only use integrated keyhead transmitters
or standard SecuriLock keys.
You must have two previously
programmed coded keys and the new
unprogrammed key readily accessible.
Contact an authorized dealer to have the
spare key programmed if two previously
programmed keys are not available.

If your vehicle fails to start, the system may
have a fault. Contact an authorized dealer.
A message may appear in the information
display.
Automatic Arming

Make sure that the ignition is switched off
before beginning this procedure. Carry out
all steps within 30 seconds of starting the
sequence. Stop and wait for at least one
minute before starting again if you carry
out any steps out of sequence.

The system arms when you switch the
ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
The system disarms when you switch the
ignition on with a coded key.

Note: You can program a maximum of eight
coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be
integrated keyhead transmitters.

Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes with two keys.

Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Security
1.
2.

3.
4.

8.
9.

Insert the first previously programmed
coded key into the ignition.
Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least 3 seconds,
but no more than 10 seconds.
Switch the ignition off and remove the
first coded key from the ignition.
After at least 3 seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off,
insert the second previously coded key
into the ignition.
Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least 3 seconds,
but no more than 10 seconds.
Switch the ignition off and remove the
second previously programmed coded
key from the ignition.
After at least 3 seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off
and removing the previously
programmed coded key, insert the new
unprogrammed key into the ignition.
Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least six seconds.
Remove the newly programmed coded
key from the ignition.

Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key
You must have two previously
programmed coded keys and the new
unprogrammed key readily accessible.
Contact an authorized dealer to have the
spare key programmed if two previously
programmed keys are not available.
Make sure that the ignition is switched off
before beginning this procedure. Make sure
that you close all the doors before
beginning and that they remain closed
throughout the procedure. Carry out all
steps within 30 seconds of starting the
sequence. Stop and wait for at least one
minute before starting again if you carry
out any steps out of sequence.
Note: You can program a maximum of eight
intelligent access keys to your vehicle.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.

If you have successfully programmed the
coded key, it will start your vehicle and
operate the remote entry system.
If programming was unsuccessful, wait 10
seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If
programming remains unsuccessful, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Wait 20 seconds and repeat Steps 1
through 9 to program an additional key.
E184385

Open the floor console storage
compartment lid.
2. Remove the tray.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Security
If programming was unsuccessful, wait 10
seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 12. If
programming remains unsuccessful, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.

ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will
be triggered if any door, the luggage
compartment or the hood is opened
without using the key, remote control or
keyless entry keypad.
E184386

The direction indicators will flash and the
horn will sound if unauthorized entry is
attempted while the alarm is armed.

3. Place the first programmed intelligent
access key flat on the symbol at the
bottom of the floor console storage
compartment.
4. Press the push button ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
6. Remove the intelligent access key.
7. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed intelligent access key flat
on the symbol.
8. Press the push button ignition switch.
9. Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
10. Remove the intelligent access key.
11.
Within 10 seconds, place the
unprogrammed intelligent access key
flat on the symbol.
12. Press the push button ignition switch.

Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.

Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock
your vehicle to arm the alarm.

Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
•

•
•

Programming is now complete. Check that
the remote control functions operate and
your vehicle starts with the new intelligent
access key.

Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control
or keyless entry keypad.
Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
Use a key in the driver door to unlock
your vehicle, then switch your vehicle
on within 12 seconds.

Note: Pressing the panic button on the
remote control will stop the horn and signal
indicators, but will not disarm the system.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 110).

3
E95179

3. Lock the steering column.

AUDIO CONTROL

Select the required source on the audio
unit.

You can operate the following functions
with the control:

E95178

1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.

E187452

Volume up.

Seek up or next.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Steering Wheel
C

Volume down.

Seek down or previous.

CRUISE CONTROL

Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
• Play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band.
• Seek through a track.

E144500

See Principle of Operation (page 162).

VOICE CONTROL

INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL

E186744

Press the button to select or deselect voice
control. See Using Voice Recognition
(page 300).

E188902

See General Information (page 91).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Steering Wheel
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (If
Equipped)

E189138

Press the button to switch the system on.
The LED on the switch illuminates when
the system is on.
Note: The system only operates when the
engine is running.
Press the button to switch the system off.
The system automatically controls the
temperature to avoid overheating.
Under high interior temperature conditions,
there may be no perceived warming. This
is normal and is not a sign of a system
fault.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WIPERS

Note: Move to position O marked on the
wiper lever to switch off.

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.

Intermittent Wipe

Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and vehicle power off before using
an automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper
Blades (page 224). If that does not resolve
the issue, install new wiper blades. See
Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page
224).
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.

E197526

Note: When wiping on dry glass, the wipers
may switch to the next lower operating
mode (low-speed or intermittent). The
previous operation mode may resume after
the windshield becomes wet again.

Short-wipe interval.

Intermittent wipe.

Long-wipe interval.

Push the wiper lever up to switch the
wipers on, and then use the rotary control
to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.

Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped)
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.

WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
E197525

Single wipe.

Intermittent wipe.

Normal wipe.

High-speed wipe.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wipers and Washers
When you shift into reverse (R) and the
front wipers are on, the rear wiper may
automatically turn on to intermittent wipe.

Rear Window Washer

E197528

To operate the washers and spray the
windshield, pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers will
operate for a short time.
E197529

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS (If Equipped)

Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer. When you release
the lever, wiping continues for a short
period of time.

Rear Window Wiper
Note: Make sure you switch the rear
window wiper and ignition off before using
an automatic car wash.

E197647

Intermittent wipe.

Low speed wipe.

Off.

Press the top of the button to switch
intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the
button again to switch low speed wipe on.
Press the bottom of the button to switch
the rear window wiper off.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION

LIGHTING CONTROL

Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Exterior lamps have vents to
accommodate normal changes in air
pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.

E142449

Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.

Off.

Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps.

Headlamps.

Parking Lamps
Note: Prolonged use of the parking lamps
will cause the battery to run out of charge.

Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.

Note: Parking lamps may turn off
automatically. This prevents the vehicle
battery from running out of charge.
Switch the ignition off.

If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.

Select position B on the lighting control to
switch the parking lamps on.

High Beams

E163718

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Lighting
Push the lever away from you to switch
the high beam on.

When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps
automatically turn on in low light situations
or when the wipers activate.

Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.

If equipped, the following also activate
when the lighting control is in the
autolamps position and you switch them
on in the information display:
• Configurable daytime running lamps.
• Automatic high beam control.
• Adaptive headlamp control.

Headlamp Flasher

The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on. See Information Displays
(page 91).

E163719

Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.

Note: With the headlamps in the
autolamps position, you cannot switch the
high beam headlamps on until the
autolamps system turns the low beam
headlamps on.

AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)
WARNING

Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps

The autolamps switch position may
not activate the headlamps in all low
visibility conditions, such as daytime
fog. Always ensure that your headlamps
are switched to auto or on, as appropriate,
during all low visibility conditions. Failure
to do so may result in a collision.

The windshield wiper activated headlamps
turn on within 10 seconds when you switch
the windshield wipers on and the lighting
control is in the autolamps position. They
turn off approximately 60 seconds after
you switch the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps will not turn on by wiper
activation:
• During a mist wipe.
• When the wipers are on to clear washer
fluid during a wash condition.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps will
automatically turn on when the windshield
wipers continuously operate.

E142451

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Lighting
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

Note: You disable the manual dimmer
when you adjust the setting to Auto
Dimming in the information display. See
Information Displays (page 91).

The daytime running lamps system
does not activate the rear lamps and
may not provide adequate lighting
during low visibility driving conditions. Also,
the autolamps switch position may not
activate the headlamps in all low visibility
conditions, such as daytime fog. Make sure
the headlamps are switched to auto or on,
as appropriate, during all low visibility
conditions. Failure to do so may result in a
crash.

WARNING

Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
becomes discharged, the illuminated
components will switch to the maximum
setting.

Type 1 - Conventional (NonConfigurable)
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. The ignition is switched to the on
position.
2. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions
or the parking brake is released for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
3. The lighting control is in the off, parking
lamp or autolamps positions.
4. The headlamps are off.

E161902

Press repeatedly or press and hold until
you reach the desired level.

Type 2 - Configurable
Switch the daytime running lamps on or
off using the information display controls.
See Information Displays (page 91).

HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.

The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. They are switched on in the information
display. See Information Displays
(page 91).
2. The ignition is switched to the on
position.
3. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions
or the parking brake is released for
vehicles with manual transmissions.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Lighting
4. The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
5. The headlamps are off.

Note: Typical road dust, dirt and water
spots do not affect the performance of the
automatic high beam control. However, in
cold or inclement weather conditions, you
may notice a decrease in the availability of
the automatic high beam control, especially
at start up. If you want to change the beam
state independently of the system, you may
switch the high beams on or off using the
lighting control switch. Automatic high
beam control resumes when conditions are
correct.

The other lighting control switch positions
do not activate the daytime running lamps,
and you can use them to temporarily
override autolamp control.
When switched off in the information
display, the daytime running lamps are off
in all lighting control switch positions.

AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL

Note: Modification of your vehicle ride
height such as using much larger tires, may
degrade feature performance.

The system automatically turns on the high
beams if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. When it detects the
headlights of an approaching vehicle, the
rear lamps of the preceding vehicle or
street lighting, the system turns off the high
beams before they distract other drivers.
The low beams remain on.

A camera sensor, centrally mounted
behind the windshield of your vehicle,
continuously monitors conditions to decide
when to switch the high beams off and on.
Once the system is active, the high beams
switch on if:
• The ambient light level is low enough.
• There is no traffic in front of the vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 32 mph (52 km/h).

Note: If it appears that automatic high
beam is not functioning properly, check the
windshield in front of the camera for a
blockage. A clear view of the road is required
for proper system operation. Make sure that
authorized personnel repair any windshield
damage in the area of the camera's field of
view.

The high beams turn off if:
• The system detects the headlamps of
an approaching vehicle or the rear
lamps of a preceding vehicle.
• Vehicle speed falls below
approximately 27 mph (44 km/h).
• The ambient light level is high enough
that high beams are not required.
• The system detects severe rain, snow
or fog.
• The camera is blocked.

Note: If the system detects a blockage such
as bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice,
and you do not observe changes, the system
may go into low beam mode until you clear
the blockage. A message may also appear
in the information display noting the front
camera is blocked.

Activating the System
Switch the system on using the information
display. See Information Displays (page
91). Turn the switch to the autolamps
position. See Autolamps (page 76).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Lighting
The indicator lamp illuminates
to confirm when the system is
ready to assist.

DIRECTION INDICATORS

Manually Overriding the System

E162681

Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
E169254

Push or pull the lever to switch between
high and low beam.

Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.

FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped)

INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps turn on when:
• You open any door.
• You press a remote control button.
• You press the buttons on the map
lamps.

Front Interior Lamps (If Equipped)
Note: Press the door function switch to
switch off interior lights when you open any
door. The indicator lamp illuminates amber
when the door function is off. When the door
function is off and you open a door, the
courtesy and door lamps stay off. Press the
switch again to switch the door function
back on. The indicator lamp illuminates
white when the door function is on. When
the door function is on and you open a door,
the courtesy and door lamps switch on.

E142453

Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
Off and the high beams are not on.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Lighting
Center Mounted Lamp

Side Mounted Lamp

E139420

E139419

Map lamp.

Left-hand side map lamp.

Door function switch.

Right-hand side map lamp.

All lamps on switch.

Door function switch.

All lamps on switch.

AMBIENT LIGHTING
Adjust the ambient lighting using the
touchscreen.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors
One-Touch Up (If Equipped)

POWER WINDOWS

Lift the control fully and release it. Press
or lift it again to stop the window.

WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.

Window Lock

When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.

E70850

Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It lights when the rear
window controls lock.

Bounce-Back (If Equipped)
The window stops automatically while
closing. It reverses some distance if there
is an obstacle in the way.

E70848

Press the control to open the window.

Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature

Lift the control to close the window.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.

WARNING
When you override the bounce-back
feature the window will not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care
when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your vehicle.

One-Touch Down (If Equipped)
Press the control fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.

Proceed as follows to override this
protection feature when there is a
resistance, for example in winter:

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Accessory Delay (If Equipped)

Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it
reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance. You disabled the
bounce-back feature and you can now
close the window manually. The
window travels past the point of
resistance and you can close it fully.

You can use the window controls for
several minutes after switching off the
ignition or until opening either front door.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors

Contact an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if the window does not close after
the third attempt.

WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving.

Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
The bounce-back feature remains
turned off until you reset the
memory.
If you have disconnected the battery, you
must reset the bounce-back memory
separately for each window.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Lift and hold the control until the
window is fully closed.
Release the control.
Lift and hold the control again for a few
seconds.
Release the control.
Lift and hold the control again for a few
seconds.
Release the control.
Press and hold the control until the
window is fully open.
Lift and hold the control until the
window is fully closed.
Release the control.
Open the window and then try to
close it automatically.
Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close automatically.

E70846

Left-hand mirror

Off

Right-hand mirror

E70847

Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.

Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page
108).

Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If
Equipped)

WARNING
Objects in the blind spot mirror are
closer than they appear.

Blind spot mirrors have an integrated
convex mirror built into the upper outboard
corner of the exterior mirrors. They are
designed to increase your visibility along
the side of your vehicle.

Check the main mirror first before a lane
change, then check the blind spot mirror.
If no vehicles are present in the blind spot
mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane
is at a safe distance, signal that you intend
to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder
to verify traffic is clear and carefully
change lanes.

E138665

The image of the approaching vehicle is
small and near the inboard edge of the
main mirror when it is at a distance. The
image becomes larger and begins to move
outboard across the main mirror as the
vehicle approaches (A). The image will
transition from the main mirror and begin
to appear in the blind spot mirror as the
vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will
transition to your peripheral field of view
as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).

Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 169).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped)

INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.

E162197

Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.

Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.

MOONROOF
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the moonroof. They may
seriously injure themselves.

SUN VISORS

When closing the moonroof, you
should verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the roof opening.
The moonroof control is on the overhead
console.
The moonroof has a one-touch open and
close feature. To stop its movement during
a one-touch operation, press the control
a second time.

E138666

Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors
Opening and Closing the Moonroof

E138669
Press and release the rear of the control
to open the moonroof. The moonroof stops
short of the fully opened position.
Note: This position helps to reduce wind
noise or rumbling that may happen with the
moonroof fully open. Press and hold the
control again to fully open the moonroof.
Press and release the front of the control
to close the moonroof.

Bounce-Back
The moonroof stops automatically while
closing. It reverses some distance if there
is an obstacle in the way.
Press and hold the front of the control
within two seconds of a bounce-back
event to override this function. While
bounce-back is active, the closing force
increases for each of the next three times
that you close the moonroof.

Venting the Moonroof
Press and release the front of the control
to vent the moonroof. Press and release
the rear of the control to close the
moonroof.
Note: When you vent the moonroof, it rises
to 1.57 in (4 cm) and then lowers slightly.
This is normal. You cannot stop the
moonroof in the higher position.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Instrument Cluster
GAUGES

E212417

Tachometer.

Information display.

Speedometer.

Engine coolant temperature gauge.

Fuel Gauge.
Vehicle Settings and Personalization

Information Display

See General Information (page 91).

Compass (If Equipped)

Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge

Displays the vehicle’s heading direction.
Odometer

WARNING

Records the total distance traveled by your
vehicle.

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.

Outside Air Temperature (If Equipped)
Shows the outside air temperature.

At normal operating temperature, the
needle remains in the center section.

Trip Computer

Note: Do not restart the engine until the
cause of overheating has been determined
and resolved.

See Trip Computer (page 94).

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Instrument Cluster
If the needle enters the red section, the
engine is overheating. Stop the engine,
switch the ignition off and determine the
cause once the engine has cooled down.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 218).

WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.

Fuel Gauge
Note: : The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.

Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and operate the
same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.

The needle should move toward F when
you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
vehicle needs service soon.

Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator
(If Equipped)

After refueling some variability in needle
position is normal.

E144524

It illuminates when you switch
the system on.

It illuminates white when the system is in
standby mode. It illuminates green when
you set the adaptive cruise speed.

Note: It may take a short time for the
needle to reach F after leaving the gas
station. This is normal and depends upon
the slope of pavement at the gas station.

Airbag Warning Lamp

Note: The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the gauge
indicated. This is normal and depends upon
the slope of pavement at the gas station.

If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, continues
E67017
to flash or remains on when the
engine is running, this indicates a
malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.

Note: If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different gas
pump nozzle.

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Lamp

Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers at about 50
miles (80 km). The low fuel warning light
will light, a warning chime will sound and
a pop up will be shown in the display
indicating the remaining distance to empty.
You will also get a subsequent reminder
at 20, 10 and 0 miles.

If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock brake system function. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Instrument Cluster
Auto-Start-Stop Indicator

E146361

Cruise Control Indicator

It illuminates when the engine
has automatically stopped. It
flashes to inform you when the
engine needs to restart. The
indicator is shown with a
strikethrough if the system is not

It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
E71340

See Using Cruise Control
(page 162).

available.

Direction Indicator

See Auto-Start-Stop (page 126).

Illuminates when the left or right
direction indicator or the hazard
warning flasher is turned on.
Flashes during operation. An increase in
the rate of flashing warns of a failed
indicator bulb.

Blind Spot Information System
Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch
the system off.
E124823

Door Ajar Warning Lamp

See Blind Spot Information
System (page 169).

It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on and remains on if
any door or the hood is open.

Brake System Warning Lamp
WARNING

Engine Warning Lamps

Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It may take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Driving extended
distances with the parking brake engaged
can cause brake failure and the risk of
personal injury.

E144522

Powertrain Warning Lamp

If it illuminates when the engine is running
this indicates a malfunction. Drive in a
moderate fashion (avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration). Continuing
to drive your vehicle may cause reduced
power or the engine to stop. Switch the
ignition off and attempt to restart the
engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.

It illuminates when you engage
the parking brake and the
ignition is on.

Service Engine Soon

If it illuminates when your vehicle is
moving, make sure the parking brake is
disengaged. If the parking brake is
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid
level or a brake system fault. Have your
vehicle checked immediately.

If it illuminates when the engine is running
this indicates a malfunction. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected a
malfunction of the vehicle emission control
system.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Instrument Cluster
Lamps on Indicator

If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration) and have
your vehicle immediately serviced.

It illuminates when you switch
the headlamp low beam or the
side and rear lamps on.

Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp

It illuminates when you switch the ignition
on prior to engine start to check the bulb
and to indicate whether your vehicle is
ready for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) testing.

It illuminates when the system
activates.
E144813

Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp

Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
malfunctions are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
See Emission Control System (page 135).

E162453

Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as
possible.

Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp

E71880

It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on and remains on if
the liftgate is open.

It illuminates and a chime
sounds until you fasten the
seatbelts.

Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp
(If Equipped)

It illuminates if the tire pressure
in one or more tires is below the
correct tire pressure.

Front Fog Lamp Indicator
It illuminates when you switch
the front fog lamps on.

See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 261).

Headlamp High Beam Indicator

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning
Lamp

It illuminates when you switch
the headlamp high beam on.

It illuminates when the washer
fluid is low.

Ignition Warning Lamp

E132353

If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.

Message Center Indicator
It illuminates when a new
message is stored in the
information display.
The indicator is red or amber depending
on the severity of the condition and it
remains on until the condition is resolved.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Instrument Cluster
See Information Messages (page 95).

AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS

Oil Pressure Warning Lamp

Key in Ignition Warning Chime

WARNING

Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.

If it illuminates when you are driving
do not continue your journey, even if
the oil level is correct. Have your
vehicle checked.

Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Sounds the horn twice when you exit your
vehicle with the intelligent access key, after
the last door is closed and your keyless
vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is
still on.

If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
malfunction. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
engine off. Check the engine oil level. If
the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a
system malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked immediately.

Headlamps On Warning Chime

See Engine Oil Check (page 216).

Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.

Stability Control and Traction
Control Indicator

Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.

Flashes during operation.
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or remains
on when the engine is running, this
indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
E138639

Low Fuel Minder

Note: The system automatically turns off
if there is a malfunction.

A low fuel reminder triggers at about 50
miles (80 km). The low fuel warning light
will light, a warning chime will sound and
a pop up will be shown in the display
indicating the remaining distance to empty.
You will also get a subsequent reminder
at 20, 10 and 0 miles.

See Stability Control (page 149). See
Traction Control (page 148).

Stability Control and Traction
Control Off Warning Lamp
It illuminates when you switch
the system off.

Fasten Safety Belt

E130458

Sounds as a reminder to fasten your safety
belt.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
Information Display Controls

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

E184819

You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.

•

The information display shows the
corresponding information.

•

Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
Press the right arrow button to enter a
submenu.
Press the left arrow button to exit a
submenu.
Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.

•
•

Menu Structure - Information
Display
You can access the menu using the
information display control.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
1

Trip 1 and 2

Option to display all the values on screen.
Speed
Trip Odometer
Average Fuel

Ford EcoMode

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
1

Trip 1 and 2

Gear Shifting
Anticipation
Speed
Ford EcoMode
Inst Fuel Econ
Distance to E
Trip Timer
Outside Temp.
Option to select for navigation display.
1

See Trip Computer (page 94).

Information
Driver Alert
MyKey
MyKey Info
System Check

Settings
Driver Assist

Traction Ctrl
Blindspot
Collision Warn
Cross Traffic
Cruise Control

Adaptive
Normal

Driver Alert
Hill Start Assist

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
Settings
Tire Monitor
Lane Keeping
Vehicle settings

Auto Engine Off
Compass

Display
Calibrate
Set Zone

Chimes

Park Slot
Information
Warning

Lighting

Traffic (R/L)
Auto Highbeam
Rain Light
Ambient Light
DRL
Dimming
Hdlamp Delay

Remote Start

Climate Control

Heater - A/C
Rear Defrost
Driver Seat
Passengr Seat

Duration
Quiet Start
Restore Default
System

MyKey

Wipers

Rain Sensing

Create MyKey

Hold OK to Create MyKey

Traction Ctrl

Always On or User Selectable

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
Settings
ESC

Always On or User Selectable

911 Assist

Always On or User Selectable

Max Speed

xx MPH (xx km/h) or Off

Speed Warning

xx MPH (xx km/h) or Off

Volume Limiter

Display

Do Not Disturb

Always On or User Selectable

Clear MyKeys

Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys

Navigation info
Language

Choose your applicable setting

Vehicle Graphic
Distance

Choose your applicable setting

Temperature

Choose your applicable setting

Average Fuel Consumption

System Check

Indicates the average fuel consumption
since the function was last reset.

All active warnings will display first if
applicable. The system check menu may
appear different based upon equipment
options and current vehicle status. Use the
up and down arrow buttons to scroll
through the list. See Information
Messages (page 95).

Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern may
cause the value to vary.

TRIP COMPUTER

Outside Air Temperature

Resetting the Trip Computer

Shows the outside air temperature.

Press and hold OK on the current screen
to reset the respective trip, distance, time
and average fuel consumption information.

Trip Odometer
Registers the distance traveled of
individual journeys.

All Values

Trip Timer

Indicates all the respective trip, distance,
time and average fuel consumption
information.

Registers the elapsed time of individual
journeys or the total time since the function
was last reset.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
You need to confirm certain messages
before you can access the menus.

INFORMATION MESSAGES

The message indicator
illuminates to supplement some
messages.
The indicator is red or amber depending
on the severity of the condition and it
remains on until the condition is resolved.
A system-specific symbol with a message
indicator may supplement some
messages.
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all of the
messages will display or be available. The
information display may abbreviate or
shorten certain messages.

E184814

Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. The information
display will automatically remove other
messages after a short period of time.
Airbag
Message

Action

Airbag fault Service now Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Alarm System
Message

Action

Alarm activated Check
Vehicle

Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry.
See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 69).

Alarm fault Service
required

Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays

Automatic Engine Shutdown
Message

Action

Engine Shuts Off In
Displays if the engine is going to automatically turn off.
{seconds to shut off:#0}
Seconds
Engine Shut Off For Fuel Displays if the engine automatically turns off to improve fuel
Economy
economy.
Engine Shuts Off in
Displays if the engine is going to automatically turn off. Press
{seconds to shut off:#0} and hold the OK button to override the system.
Seconds Press Ok to
Override

Auto-Start-Stop
Message

Action

Auto StartStop Switch
ignition off

Switch the ignition off before leaving your vehicle if the system
has shut down the engine.
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 126).

Auto StartStop fault
Service required

Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Auto StartStop Press a
pedal to start engine

Press the brake or clutch pedal. The engine requires restarting
manually.
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 126).

Auto StartStop Select
neutral to start engine

Displays as a reminder to shift into neutral (N). The engine
requires restarting manually.
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 126).

Auto StartStop Manual
restart required

The system is not functioning and the engine requires
restarting manually.

Battery and Charging System
Message

Action

Electrical system overvoltage Stop safely

Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Battery low See manual

Displays if the battery is low or has no charge.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays

Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
Message

Action

Blindspot Low visibility
See manual

Displays when the blind spot information system and cross
traffic alert system sensors are blocked.
See Blind Spot Information System (page 169).

Blindspot right sensor
fault Service required

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Blindspot left sensor
fault Service required
Blindspot not available
Trailer attached

Displays when you attach a trailer to your vehicle.
See Blind Spot Information System (page 169).

Cross Traffic Vehicle
coming from right

Displays when the system detects a vehicle.
See Blind Spot Information System (page 169).

Cross Traffic Vehicle
coming from left
Cross Traffic Sensor
blocked See manual

Displays when the blind spot information system and cross
traffic alert system sensors are blocked.
See Blind Spot Information System (page 169).

Cross Traffic fault
Service required

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Cross Traffic not available Trailer attached

Displays when you attach a trailer to your vehicle.
See Blind Spot Information System (page 169).

Engine
Message

Action

Engine fault Service now Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
High engine temperature Displays when the engine temperature is too high.
Stop safely
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the
engine off and allow it to cool.
If the problem persists, have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 218).
Power reduced to lower
engine temperature

Displays when the engine has limited power to help reduce
coolant temperature.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays

Fuel System
Message

Fuel Level Low

Action

Refuel as soon as possible.

Hill Start Assist
Message

Action

Hill start assist not avail- Displays when hill start assist is not available. Have your
able
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
See Hill Start Assist (page 146).

Keyless Entry
Message

Action

Ford KeyFree Key inside
vehicle

Displays if you leave a vehicle key in the luggage compartment
and switch the ignition on or try to lock your vehicle.
See Keyless Starting (page 118).

Ford KeyFree No key
detected

Displays when the system cannot detect a valid key.
See Keyless Starting (page 118).

Switch ign. off Press
ENGINE Start/Stop
button

Displays if you switch the ignition on without starting the
engine.
See Keyless Starting (page 118).

Ford KeyFree Key not
inside car

Displays when the system cannot detect a valid key.
See Keyless Starting (page 118).

Key Battery low Replace
soon

Displays when the remote key battery requires replacing.
See Remote Control (page 49).

Lane Keeping System
Message

Lane Keeping Sys Fault
Service required

Action

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays

Lighting
Message

Action

Brake lamp Bulb fault

Displays if a brake lamp bulb fails.

Low beam Bulb fault

Displays if a low beam bulb fails.

Headlamp fault Service
required

Displays if an electrical malfunction occurs with the headlamp
system. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Maintenance
Message

Action

Oil change required

Displays when the engine oil life is depleted and your vehicle
requires an oil change.

Brake fluid level low
Service now

Displays if the brake fluid level is low or if there is a brake
system fault.
See Brake Fluid Check (page 222).
Have your vehicle checked immediately.

MyKey
Message

Action

MyKey active Drive Safely Displays when MyKey is active.
See MyKey™ (page 54).
Speed Limited to {MyKey Displays when starting your vehicle, a MyKey is in use and the
limit ##0} km/h
MyKey speed limit is on.
Speed Limited to {MyKey
limit ##0} mph
MyKey Vehicle Near Top
Speed

Displays when a MyKey is in use and your vehicle speed
approaches a preset speed limit.

MyKey Vehicle at Top
Speed

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit
is reached.

MyKey Check Speed
Drive Safely

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit
is reached.

MyKey Buckle Up to
Unmute Audio

Displays when a MyKey is in use and seatbelt reminder is
activated.

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
Message

Action

MyKey Park aid cannot
be deactivated

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the user tries to switch
the parking aid system off.

Key is Already a MyKey

Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already
designated as a MyKey.

MyKey Place key in key
holder

Displays when you are programming a MyKey.

MyKey ESC cannot be
deactivated

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the user tries to switch
the stability control system off.

Parking Aid
Message

Action

Parking aid fault Service
required

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Parking Brake
Message

Park brake applied

Action

Displays if you have not released the parking brake and your
vehicle reaches 3 mph (5 km/h).
If the warning message remains on after you have released
the parking brake, the system has detected a fault that
requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.

Seatbelt Reminder
Message

Service Beltminder

Action

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

100

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays

Starting System
Message

Action

Press brake to start

Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to fully
press the brake pedal.

Cranking time exceeded

Displays if your vehicle fails to start.
See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 118).

Steering System
Message

Action

Steering loss Stop safely The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked immediately.
Steering assist fault
Service required

You will continue to have full steering but will need to exert
greater force on the steering wheel. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.

Steering fault Service
now

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked immediately.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Message

Action

Low Tire Pressure

Displays if the tire pressure in one or more tires is below the
correct pressure.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 261).

Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault

Displays if the system detects a fault with a tire pressure
sensor or the spare tire is in use.
If the warning message remains on after you have checked
the tire pressures, the system has detected a fault that
requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.

Traction Control
Message

Traction control off

Action

Displays when you switch the system off.

101

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Information Displays
Message

Action

See Using Traction Control (page 148).

Transmission
Message

Action

Transmission malfunction Service now

Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Transmission overheating Stop safely

The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the engine off
and allow the transmission to cool.

Transmission not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park (P).
Select P
Press brake to unlock
gearshift lever

Press the brake pedal to unlock the transmission.

Gearshift lever unlocked

Displays when the transmission selector lever unlocks.

102

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL

E196989

Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning
cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable
temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air
through the air vents.

Air distribution control: Adjust the control to turn airflow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any
combination of these vents.
Note: At least one of these buttons illuminates when the system is on.

Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 108).

Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your
vehicle.

MAX Defrost: Adjust the control to turn on defrost. Outside air flows through
the windshield vents, air conditioning automatically turns on. You can also use
this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.

MAX A/C: Adjust the control for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows
through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on.

103

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
H

Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors
from entering your vehicle.

Heated seats (if equipped): Press the button to switch the heated seats on
and off. See Heated Seats (page 115).

Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off. When the system is
off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL

E190322

AUTO: Press the button to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the
desired temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and
outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle
to maintain the desired temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode
by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds.

Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

Air distribution control: Adjust the control to turn airflow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any
combination of these vents.

Climate control display: The display shows the set temperatures and the fan
speed.

Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 108).

104

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
F

Heated seats (if equipped): Press the button to switch the heated seats on
and off. See Heated Seats (page 115).

MAX A/C: Press the button for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows through
the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed.

MAX Defrost: Press the button to switch on defrost. Outside air flows through
the windshield vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can also use this setting to
defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated rear window
also automatically turns on when you select maximum defrost.

Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off. When the system is
off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

Single Zone Temperature Control

Temperature Control

In this mode, the climate control system
links the temperature settings for both the
driver’s side and passenger’s side. If you
adjust the setting using the rotary control
on the driver’s side, the system adjusts the
temperature to the same setting on the
passenger’s side.
To switch back to single zone control from
dual zone, press and hold AUTO for a few
seconds. The passenger’s side temperature
switches to the driver’s side temperature
setting.

E183686

You can set a temperature between 60°F
(15.5°C) and 85°F (29.5°C). If you select
LO, the system is set to permanent cooling.
If you select HI, the system is set to
permanent heating.
Note: If you select LO or HI, the system
does not maintain a stable temperature.

105

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
Dual Zone Temperature Control

Note: To improve the time to reach comfort
in hot weather, drive with the windows fully
open until you feel cold air through the air
vents.

Select a temperature for the passenger’s
side using the rotary control on the
passenger’s side. Single zone temperature
control automatically switches off. The
temperature on the driver’s side remains
unchanged. You can now adjust the driver’s
side and passenger’s side temperatures
independently. The display shows the
temperature settings for each side.

Manual Climate Control
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position.
Automatic Climate Control

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE

Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your
selected temperature as quickly as possible.
For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents should
be fully open.

General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.

Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
airflow to the windshield and side window
vents. In addition, the fan may run at a
slower speed until the engine warms up.

Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.

Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside
temperatures, or when the inside of the
vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses
recirculated air to maximize interior cooling.
When the interior reaches the selected
temperature, the system automatically
switches to using outside air.

Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.

Heating the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the fan speed to a high speed
setting as soon as you feel warm air.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.

106

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
Recommended Settings for Heating
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.

Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.

Cooling the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.

Press the MAX A/C button.

Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.

Drive with the windows fully open until
you feel cold air through the air vents.

Recommended Settings for Cooling
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.

Select the instrument panel air vents
using the air distribution buttons.

107

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather
Vehicle with manual climate control

Vehicle with automatic climate control

Select the windshield air vents using the Press the defrost button.
air distribution buttons.

Press the A/C button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.

Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.

HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS

CABIN AIR FILTER

Heated Rear Window

Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter, which gives you and your passengers
the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.

Note: Make sure the vehicle is running
before operating the heated windows.
Press the button to clear the
heated rear window of thin ice
and fog. The heated rear
window will automatically turn off after a
short period of time.
E72507

Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.

You can locate the cabin air filter behind
the glove box.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.

Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)

E72507

When you switch the heated rear
window on, the heated exterior
mirrors will automatically turn

Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 409).

on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
108

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Climate Control
Last Settings

For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.

You can set the climate control to operate
using the last climate control settings
through the information display setting:
Remote Start > Climate Control >
Heater–A/C > Last Settings. The climate
control system automatically uses the
settings last selected before you turned
off the vehicle.

REMOTE START
The climate control system adjusts the
cabin temperature during remote start.
You cannot adjust the system during
remote start operation. Switch on the
ignition to return the system to its previous
settings. You can now make adjustments.
You need to switch on certain
vehicle-dependent features, such as:
• Heated seats.
• Heated mirrors.
• Heated rear window.
• Heated steering wheel.

Heated and Cooled Devices
Heated devices typically switch on during
cold weather, and cooled devices during
hot weather.

You can adjust the settings using the
information display controls. See
Information Displays (page 91).

Automatic Settings
You can set the climate control to operate
in AUTO mode through the information
display setting: Remote Start > Climate
Control > Heater-A/C > Auto. The climate
control system automatically sets the
interior temperature to 72°F (22°C).
In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). Cooled seats are set to high (if
available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display).
In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The rear defroster and heated
mirrors automatically turn on.

109

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seats
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest more
than 30 degrees.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 inches
(25 centimeters) between your
breastbone and the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.

SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Do not recline the seat backrest too
far as this can cause the occupant
to slide under the safety belt,
resulting in serious injury in the event of a
crash.
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seat backrest reclined too
far, can result in serious injury or
death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat backrest, with
your feet on the floor.
Do not place objects higher than the
seat backrest to reduce the risk of
serious injury in the event of a crash
or during heavy braking.

Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
To minimize the risk of neck injury in
the event of a crash, the driver and
passenger occupants should not sit
in or operate the vehicle, until the head
restraint is placed in its proper position.
The driver should never adjust the head
restraint while the vehicle is in motion.

E68595

When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.

110

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seats
Rear center head restraint

WARNINGS
The adjustable head restraint is a
safety device. Whenever possible, it
should be installed and properly
adjusted when the seat is occupied. Failure
to adjust the head restraint properly could
reduce its effectiveness during certain
impacts.
Install the head restraint properly to
help minimize the risk of neck injury
in the event of a crash.

E198013

Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.

The head restraints consist of:

Front seat and rear seat outboard head
restraints

An energy absorbing head
restraint.

Two steel stems.

Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.

Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.

Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
E138642

Removing the Head Restraint
1.

Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
Note: For the front head restraints, you may
need to use a key or similar object to release
the head restraint. Press the key into the
guide sleeve unlock and remove button to
release the head restraint.

111

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seats
Installing the Head Restraint

WARNINGS
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged.

Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.

Tilting Head Restraints

(If Equipped)

The manual front seats may consist of:

The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the
following:

E197725

E144727

Adjust the seatback to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.

A bar to move the seat backward
and forward.

A lever to adjust the height of the
seat.

A lever to adjust the angle of the
seatback.

POWER SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving. Adjusting your seatback
while your vehicle is in motion may cause
loss of control of your vehicle.

After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivoting it
forward again will then release it to the
rearward, un-tilted position.

MANUAL SEATS

Reclining the seatback can cause an
occupant to slide under the seat's
safety belt, resulting in severe
personal injuries in the event of a crash.

WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving. Adjusting your seatback
while your vehicle is in motion may cause
loss of control of your vehicle.

112

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seats

E194195

Power Lumbar (If Equipped)

E187688

E156656

REAR SEATS

1. Press the unlock buttons down.
2. Push the seatback forward.

Folding the Seatback
Note: Before lowering the seatback(s),
remove the outboard head restraints. See
Head Restraints (page 110).
Note: Your vehicle may have split
seatbacks that must be folded individually.

113

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seats
When raising the seatback(s), make sure
you hear the seat latch into place and that
no red portion is visible on the release
button on both sides.
Flip Up Seat Cushions (If Equipped)
WARNING
Before returning the seatback to its
original position, make sure that
cargo or any objects are not trapped
behind the seatback. Make sure that the
safety belt is not laying on the seat latch.
After returning the seatback to its original
position, pull on the seatback to make sure
that it has fully latched. An unlatched seat
may become dangerous in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.

E165362

3. Stow the safety belt in the belt
stowage clip. This will prevent the
safety belt from getting caught in the
seat latch.
E184204

For additional cargo space, flip the seat
cushions up before folding the seatback.
This feature is only available on vehicles
with a split folding seatback.

E184203

114

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Seats
HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.

E146941

Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
Warmer settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.

115

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point

To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary after switching the vehicle
off.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when your vehicle is in park
(P) for extended periods.

WARNINGS
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire
or serious injury.

Location

Do not use a power point for
operating a cigar lighter. Incorrect
use of the power points can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty, and can result in fire or serious
injury.

You may find power points in the following
locations:
• On the center console.
• In the center console.
• In the cargo area.

Note: After starting your vehicle, you can
use the socket to power 12-volt appliances
with a maximum current rating of 15 amps.
After you switch your vehicle off, the power
supply works only for a maximum of 11
minutes.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the outlet and can blow the fuse.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watt or a
fuse may blow.
Note: Incorrect use of the power point can
cause damage not covered by your
warranty.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.

116

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Storage Compartments
CENTER CONSOLE

OVERHEAD CONSOLE

Stow items in the cupholder carefully as
items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes, including
hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:

E131605

Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.

E188648

Cupholder with grips and height
adjuster. To use, flip the
removable inset piece.

Storage compartment with
auxiliary power point and media
hub.

Parking aid, auto-start-stop and
heated steering wheel controls.

Auxiliary power point.

USB port.

117

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
IGNITION SWITCH

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.

E72128

0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.

Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.

I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
while the engine is not running.

Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.

Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long. This could cause your
vehicle battery to lose charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.

If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.

III (start) - cranks the engine.

KEYLESS STARTING (If Equipped)
Note: The system may not function if the
passive key is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a cell
phone.

The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.

Note: The ignition automatically turns off
if you leave your vehicle unattended. This is
to prevent the vehicle battery from losing
charge.

When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.

Note: A valid passive key must be located
inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on
and start the engine.

118

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Switching the Ignition On to
Accessory Mode

Note: Releasing the brake pedal during
engine starting stops the engine cranking.

Failure to Start
The system does not function if:
• The passive key frequencies are
jammed.
• The passive key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do
the following:

2
E142555

Press the push button ignition switch once
without your foot on the brake or clutch
pedal. It is on the instrument panel near
the steering wheel. All electrical circuits
and accessories are operational and the
warning lamps and indicators illuminate.
Press the push button ignition switch again
without your foot on the brake or clutch
pedal to switch the ignition off.
E184385

Starting Your Vehicle

Open the floor console storage
compartment lid.
2. Remove the tray.

Vehicles with Manual Transmission
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch
until the engine starts.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal during
engine starting stops the engine from
cranking.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
1. Move the gearshift lever to park (P).
2. Fully depress the brake pedal.
3. Briefly press the push button ignition
switch.

119

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
1. Move the gearshift lever to park (P).
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The ignition, all electrical circuits and
all warning lamps and indicators will be
turned off.

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING
Switching off the engine when the
vehicle is still moving will result in a
loss of brake and steering assistance.
The steering will not lock, but higher effort
will be required. When the ignition is
switched off, some electrical circuits,
including air bags, warning lamps and
indicators may also be off. If the ignition
was turned off accidentally, you can shift
into neutral (N) and re-start the engine.

E184386

3. Place the passive key flat on the
symbol at the bottom of the floor
console storage compartment.
4. With the passive key in this position,
you can use the push button ignition
switch to switch the ignition on and
start your vehicle.

Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press
it three times within two seconds.
2. Move the gearshift lever to neutral and
use the brakes to bring your vehicle to
a safe stop.
3. With your vehicle stopped, move the
gearshift lever to park (P) and switch
the ignition off.

Vehicles with Manual Transmission
If the engine does not crank when the
clutch pedal has been fully depressed and
the push button ignition switch is pressed,
do the following:
1.

Fully depress both the clutch and brake
pedals.
2. Press the push button ignition switch
until the engine starts.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal during
engine starting stops the engine cranking.
A message appears in the information
display.

Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart your vehicle within 10 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid passive key
is not detected.

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary

Within 10 seconds of switching your vehicle
off, press the brake pedal and press the
push button ignition switch. After 10
seconds, you can no longer start your
vehicle if it does not detect a valid passive
key.

Vehicles with Manual Transmission
Briefly press the push button ignition
switch.

120

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Once your vehicle starts, it remains running
until you press the push button ignition
switch, even if your vehicle does not detect
a valid passive key. If you open and close
a door while your vehicle is running, the
system searches for a valid passive key.

•

You cannot start your vehicle if you open
the driver door and the system does not
detect a valid passive key.

Vehicles with an Ignition Key

•

Make sure the transmission is in park
(P).
Switch the ignition key to position II. If
your vehicle is equipped with a keyless
ignition, see the following instructions.

Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1.

Fully press the brake pedal. If your
vehicle is equipped with a manual
transmission, fully press the clutch
pedal.
2. Turn the key to position III to start the
engine.
Note: The engine may continue cranking
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.

STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases. This helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

Note: If you cannot start the engine on the
first try, wait for a short period and try again.

Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds without the engine starting
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, if you crank the
engine three times for 20 seconds each
time, without the engine starting, you
reached the 60-second time limit. A
message appears in the information display
alerting you that you exceeded the cranking
time. You cannot attempt to start the engine
for at least 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, you
are limited to a 15-second engine cranking
time. You need to wait 60 minutes before
you can crank the engine for 60 seconds
again.

Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You must have your intelligent access
key in your vehicle in order to shift the
transmission out of park (P).
1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
The system does not function if:
• The passive key frequencies are
jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do
the following:

Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants have fastened
their safety belts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.

121

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Fast Restart

The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the engine within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.

Within 20 seconds of switching the engine
off, press the brake pedal and press the
button. After 20 seconds have expired, you
can no longer restart your vehicle without
the key present inside your vehicle.
Once your vehicle has started, it remains
running until you press the button, even if
the system does not detect a valid key. If
you open and close a door while your
vehicle is running, the system searches for
a valid key. You cannot restart the engine
if the system does not detect a valid key
within 20 seconds.

E184385

Open the floor console storage
compartment lid.
2. Remove the tray.

Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:

If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transmission, fully press the
brake pedal. If your vehicle is equipped
with a manual transmission, fully press
the clutch pedal and apply the
handbrake.
2. Move the transmission selector lever
to park (P) (automatic transmission)
or neutral (manual transmission).
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
4. Start the engine.

E184386

Automatic Engine Shutdown
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this
feature automatically shuts down the
engine if it has been idling for an extended
period. The ignition also turns off in order
to save battery power. Before your vehicle
shuts down, a message appears in the
information display showing a timer
122

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.

counting down from 30 seconds. If you do
not intervene within 30 seconds, your
vehicle shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to
inform you that your vehicle has shut down
in order to save fuel. Start your vehicle as
you normally do.

Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes,
the ignition and engine automatically shut
down.

Automatic Engine Shutdown Override

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving

Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown feature. When you
switch it off temporarily, it turns on at the
next ignition cycle.

WARNING
Switching off the engine when the
vehicle is still moving will result in a
loss of brake and steering assistance.
The steering will not lock, but higher effort
will be required. When the ignition is
switched off, some electrical circuits,
including air bags, warning lamps and
indicators may also be off. If the ignition
was turned off accidentally, you can shift
into neutral (N) and re-start the engine.

You can stop the shutdown, or reset the
timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
• You can reset the timer by interacting
with your vehicle (such as pressing the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal).
• You can temporarily switch off the
shutdown feature any time the ignition
is on (for the current ignition cycle
only). Use the information display to
do so. See Information Displays
(page 91).
• During the countdown before
shutdown, you are prompted to press
OK or RESET (depending on your type
of information display) to temporarily
switch the feature off (for the current
ignition cycle only).

Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1.

Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and turn the key to
position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary

Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P).
3. Press and hold the button for one
second, or press it three times within
two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Press the button once.

123

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes

The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.

WARNING
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes. Carbon
monoxide is present in exhaust fumes.
Take precautions to avoid its dangerous
effects.

We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.

Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and then leave the
engine idling for long periods, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
• Open the windows at least 1.0 in
(2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If
Equipped)

WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
Do not fully close the hood, or allow
it to drop under its own weight when
using the engine block heater. This
could damage the power cable and may
cause an electrical short resulting in fire,
injury and property damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).

124

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine
•

•

Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.

Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.

125

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics
Note: To obtain maximum benefit from the
system, move the transmission selector
lever to neutral and release the clutch pedal
during any stop of longer than three
seconds.

AUTO-START-STOP (If Equipped)
The system reduces fuel consumption and
CO2 emissions by shutting down the
engine when your vehicle is idling, for
example at traffic lights.

Note: Auto-Start-Stop also comes with
stall recovery. If you fully press the clutch
pedal after stalling the engine, the engine
automatically restarts.

WARNINGS
The engine may restart
automatically if required by the
system.

Using Auto-Start-Stop with an
Automatic Transmission

Switch the ignition off before
opening the hood or performing any
maintenance. Failure to do so may
result in serious injuries due to automatic
engine restart.

To Stop the Engine
1. Stop your vehicle in drive (D).
2. Release the accelerator pedal.
3. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal.
Note: If your vehicle is in an engine off
Auto-Start-Stop state and you move the
transmission to reverse (R) while the brake
pedal is not pressed, a message will appear
on your instrument cluster. Press the brake
pedal within 10 seconds or you will need to
shift to park (P). A manual restart will be
required.

Always switch the ignition off before
leaving your vehicle, as the system
may have turned the engine off, but
the ignition will still be on and automatic
restart may occur.
Note: The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
illuminates green when the engine shuts
down. See Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 87). It flashes amber with a message
when the driver needs to shift to neutral or
press a pedal. See Information Messages
(page 95). If it illuminates grey, the system
is not available.

Note: If the Shift to P, Restart Engine
message appears and the amber
Auto-Start-Stop indicator flashes,
automatic restart is not available. You must
restart your vehicle manually.
To Re-Start the Engine

Using Auto-Start-Stop with a
Manual Transmission

Release the brake pedal or press the
accelerator pedal.

To Stop the Engine

Limitations of Use

1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Shift into neutral.
3. Release the clutch and accelerator
pedal.

The system may not shut down the engine
under certain conditions, for example:
• Low engine operating temperature.
• To maintain the interior climate.
• The battery charge level is low.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.

To Re-Start the Engine
Press the clutch pedal.

126

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics
•
•
•

The driver door is opened.
The driver safety belt is not fastened.
The transmission is in Sport or Manual
modes (automatic transmission only).

The system may automatically restart the
engine under certain conditions, for
example:
• To maintain the interior climate, for
example air conditioning.
• The battery charge level is low.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
• The driver safety belt is not fastened
(automatic transmission only).
• The driver door is opened (automatic
transmission only).
• The transmission is shifted out of drive
(automatic transmission only).

Switching the System On and Off
When you switch the ignition on,
the system automatically turns
on.
To switch the system off, press the switch
and the word OFF illuminates. Press again
to switch the system back on. The system
only switches off for the current ignition
cycle.
Note: The system may not function if you
leave electrical equipment connected with
the ignition off.
Note: For vehicles with Auto-Start-Stop,
the battery requirement is different. Replace
it with one of exactly the same specification
as the original.

127

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
•

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.

•

Fuels can cause serious injury or
death if misused or mishandled.

•

Flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling
an ungrounded fuel container.
Fuel may contain benzene, which is
a cancer-causing agent.

•

When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
•
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling.

Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
call a physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors could cause
an adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, wash the affected areas
immediately with plenty of soap and
water. Consult a physician immediately
if you experience any adverse reactions.

128

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended can impair the emission
control system and cause a loss of vehicle
performance.

FUEL QUALITY - E85 (If Equipped)
Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel
Vehicles

Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuels containing more than 85%
ethanol or E100 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law).

Flex fuel vehicles have one of the following
identifiers:
• Yellow fuel filler cap.
• Yellow bezel around the fuel filler inlet.
• Yellow fuel filler housing.
• Yellow E85 label on the fuel tank filler
door.

The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.

E161513

Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 or
regular unleaded gasoline blended with a
maximum of 85% ethanol (E85).

Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.

Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. We do not recommend
these fuels.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 182).
Do not use any fuel other than those
recommended because they could lead to
engine damage that will not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.

129

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
Switching Between E85 and
Gasoline

Do not use any fuel other than those
recommended because they could lead to
engine damage that will not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.

We do not recommend repeatedly
alternating between E85 and gasoline. If
you switch from using E85 to gasoline, or
from gasoline to E85, add as much fuel as
possible, at least half a tank. Drive your
vehicle immediately for a minimum of 5 mi
(8 km) to allow it to adapt to the change
in ethanol concentration. If you use E85
exclusively, we recommend that you fill
the fuel tank with regular unleaded
gasoline at each scheduled oil change.

Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended can impair the emission
control system and cause a loss of vehicle
performance.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law).

FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE
Choosing the Right Fuel

E161513

Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. We do not recommend
these fuels.

For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 182).

FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is in the glove
compartment.

130

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL

WARNINGS
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.

Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine. If your vehicle is
out of fuel and on a steep slope, more
fuel may be required.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.

Do not dispose of fuel in the
household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 130).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they will not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.

Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.

When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1.

Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.

Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel
container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel system filler neck. This
may damage the fuel system filler neck or
its seal and cause fuel to run onto the
ground.

E157452

3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel from the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.
131

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
5. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.

REFUELING
WARNINGS
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.

WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during use, and after you have switched
the engine off. This is a potential fire
hazard.

Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle
from its fully inserted position when
refueling.
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.

Driving with a Catalytic Converter
WARNINGS
Avoid running out of fuel.

Stop refueling when the fuel pump
nozzle automatically shuts off for the
first time. Failure to follow this will
fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and
could lead to fuel overflowing.

Do not crank the engine for long
periods.
Do not run the engine when a spark
plug lead is disconnected.

Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into
the fuel tank.

Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See
Jump Starting the Vehicle (page

Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.

191).
Do not switch the ignition off when
driving.

Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel filler
cap.

132

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
A

E206911

Left-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.

E139202

Note: When you insert the correct size fuel
pump nozzle a spring loaded inhibitor will
open.

Right-hand side. To open the
fuel filler door, press the center
rear edge of the fuel filler door
and then release.

Left-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel tank filler door to open
it.

Right-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel tank filler door to open
it.

2. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
filler pipe opening.

Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages.

E139203

3. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
nozzle in position A can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.

133

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
A

5. Insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel
filler funnel provided with your vehicle
in to the fuel tank filler pipe opening.
This action should dislodge any debris
that may be preventing the fuel filler
inlet from fully closing.
Note: If this action corrects the problem
the message may not reset immediately. If
the message remains and the service engine
soon warning lamp appears in the
information display, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.

E206912

4. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.

FUEL CONSUMPTION
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank after running out of fuel. Included in
the advertised capacity is an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.

E119081

5. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
then slowly remove it.
6. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine
if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle checked immediately.

Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.

Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
• Turn the ignition off before fueling; an
inaccurate reading results if the engine
is left running.
• Use the same fill rate
(low-medium-high) each time the tank
is filled.
• Allow no more than one automatic
shut-off when refueling.

System Warnings (If Equipped)
If the fuel filler inlet does not fully close a
warning message appears in the
information display.
1.

Stop your vehicle as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
3. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages.
4. Check the fuel filler inlet and the area
around it for any items or debris that
may be obstructing its movement.

Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.

134

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
Calculating Fuel Economy

•

Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
your engine’s break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi
(4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency
of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not
accurate ways to measure fuel economy.

•
•

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.

WARNINGS
Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle
in dry grass or other dry ground cover.
The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system,
which can start a fire.
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your dealer inspect your
vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you
smell exhaust fumes.

To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the
liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers
traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per
gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles
traveled by gallons used.

Your vehicle is equipped with various
emission control components and a
catalytic converter that will enable your
vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust
emission standards.

Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle's fuel economy under current
driving conditions. Keeping records during
summer and winter will show how
temperature impacts fuel economy.

To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Do not turn off the ignition while your
vehicle is moving, especially at high
speeds.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.

Conditions
•
•
•

•

Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.

Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
or light bars, running boards and ski
racks may reduce fuel economy.
Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.

135

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)

The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.

Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.

If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.

When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:

Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.

Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 132).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.

An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.

You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.

Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.

136

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.

The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1.

15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.

Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.

If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.

If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
137

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
5. Release the parking brake, then slowly
release the clutch pedal while slowly
pressing on the accelerator.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION - 6SPEED MANUAL
TRANSMISSION (MMT6)

During each shift, the clutch pedal must
be fully pressed to the floor. Make sure the
floor mat is properly positioned so it
doesn't interfere with the full extension of
the clutch pedal.

Using the Clutch
Note: Failure to fully press the clutch pedal
to the floor may cause increased shift
efforts, prematurely wear transmission
components or damage the transmission.

Recommended Shift Speeds
Note: Do not downshift into first (1) when
your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph
(24 km/h). This will damage the clutch.

Note: Do not drive with your foot resting on
the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to
hold your vehicle at a standstill while
waiting on a hill. These actions will reduce
the life of the clutch and could nullify a
clutch warranty claim.

Recommended upshifts (for best fuel
economy) when accelerating

Shift from:
1-2

15 mph (24 km/h)

2-3

26 mph (42 km/h)

3-4

38 mph (61 km/h)

4-5

42 mph (67 km/h)

5-6

50 mph (80 km/h)

Reverse

E144954

Manual transmission vehicles have a
starter interlock that prevents cranking the
engine unless the clutch pedal is fully
pressed.

Note: Make sure that your vehicle is at a
complete stop before you shift into reverse
(R). Failure to do so may damage the
transmission.

To start your vehicle:

Press the clutch pedal to the floor to
disengage clutch.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the
neutral position.
3. Shift into reverse (R) by raising the
collar below the gearshift knob up, then
moving the lever fully to the left, then
forward.

1. Make sure the parking brake is fully set.
2. Press the clutch pedal to the floor, then
put the gearshift lever in the neutral
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Press the brake pedal and move the
gearshift lever to the desired gear; first
(1) or reverse (R).

138

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION - 5SPEED MANUAL
TRANSMISSION (MTX-75)
Using the Clutch
Note: Failure to fully depress the clutch
pedal to the floor may cause increased shift
efforts, prematurely wear transmission
components or damage the transmission.
Note: Do not drive with your foot resting on
the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to
hold your vehicle at a standstill while
waiting on a hill. These actions will reduce
the life of the clutch and could nullify a
clutch warranty claim.

E99067

Note: The gearshift lever can only be
moved to reverse (R) by raising the collar
below the gearshift knob up before shifting
to reverse. This is a lockout feature which
protects the transmission from accidentally
engaging reverse (R) when intending to
select first (1).
If reverse (R) is not fully engaged, press
the clutch pedal down and return the
gearshift to the neutral position. Release
the clutch pedal for a moment, then raise
the collar and shift to reverse (R) again.

Parking Your Vehicle
E157512

WARNING

Manual transmission vehicles have a
starter interlock that prevents cranking the
engine unless the clutch pedal is fully
depressed.

Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure you shift the gearshift
lever to first gear. Switch the ignition
off and remove the key whenever you leave
your vehicle.

Starting Your Vehicle
WARNING

To park your vehicle:

Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.

Press the brake pedal and shift the
gearshift lever to the neutral position.
2. Fully apply the parking brake and
switch the ignition off.
3. Hold the clutch pedal down and shift
the gearshift lever to first gear.

Make sure the parking brake is fully set
and shift the gearshift lever to the
neutral position.

139

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
2. Fully depress the clutch pedal then
start the engine.
3. Press the brake pedal and shift the
gearshift lever to first or reverse gear.
4. Release the parking brake and slowly
release the clutch pedal while slowly
pressing on the accelerator.

If reverse gear is not fully engaged, press
the clutch pedal down and shift the
gearshift lever to the neutral position.
Release the clutch pedal for a moment,
depress the clutch again and shift the
gearshift lever to reverse.

Parking Your Vehicle

During each shift, make sure you fully
depress the clutch pedal.

WARNING
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure you shift the gearshift
lever to first gear. Switch the ignition
off and remove the key whenever you leave
your vehicle.

Recommended Shift Speeds
Note: Do not shift the gearshift lever to first
gear when your vehicle is moving faster than
14 mph (23 km/h). This will damage the
clutch.

To park your vehicle:

We recommend you change gear
according to the following guide to achieve
the best fuel economy for your vehicle.
Shift from

Press the brake pedal and shift the
gearshift lever to the neutral position.
2. Fully apply the parking brake and
switch the ignition off.
3. Hold the clutch pedal down, and shift
the gearshift lever to first gear.

Recommended
speed

1-2

14 mph (23 km/h)

2-3

24 mph (38 km/h)

3-4

32 mph (51 km/h)

4-5

44 mph (71 km/h)

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully
and latch the gearshift in park (P).
Turn the ignition to the off position
and remove the key whenever you leave
your vehicle.

Reverse
Note: Do not shift the gearshift lever to
reverse gear when your vehicle is moving.
This can cause damage to the transmission.

Do not apply the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Applying both pedals simultaneously
for more than three seconds will limit
engine rpm, which may result in difficulty
maintaining speed in traffic and could lead
to serious injury.

Fully depress the clutch pedal to
disengage clutch.
2. Shift the gearshift lever to the neutral
position and wait at least three
seconds before moving it to reverse.

140

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
The PowerShift™ 6-speed, dual-clutch
automatic transmission is designed to offer
drivers both enhanced fuel efficiency and
fun to drive performance. This
transmission’s dual-clutch technology uses
electronically shifted clutches to operate
two separate transmissions all in a small
lightweight package.

Park (P)
This position locks the transmission and
prevents the wheels from turning.
Reverse (R)
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your
vehicle moves backward. Always come to
a complete stop before shifting into and
out of reverse (R).

Since the clutch and gear operation is
derived from a manual transmission, the
PowerShift automatic transmission will
drive, sound, and feel similar to manual
transmission minus the required
user-inputs. For example, the transmission
may exhibit mechanical noises, firm gear
shifts and/or light clutch vibrations when
accelerating slowly as the clutches
automatically engage. These are all
considered to be normal and expected
driving characteristics.

Neutral (N)
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), your
vehicle can be started and is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down while in this
position.
Drive (D)

Understanding the Positions of
Your Automatic Transmission

Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy. The overdrive
function allows automatic upshifts and
downshifts through gears one through six.

Putting your vehicle in gear:

Sport (S)

1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the
desired gear.
3. Come to a complete stop.
4. Move the gearshift lever and securely
latch it in park (P).

Moving the gearshift lever to sport (S):
• Provides additional grade (engine)
braking and extends lower gear
operation to enhance performance for
uphill climbs, hilly terrain or
mountainous areas. This increases
engine RPM during engine braking.
• Provides additional lower gear
operation through the automatic
transmission shift strategy.
• Gears are selected more quickly and
at higher engine speeds.

SelectShift Automatic™
Transmission (If Equipped)
S

Your vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift
Automatic transmission gearshift lever.
The SelectShift Automatic transmission
gives you the ability to change gears up or
down (without a clutch) as desired.

E142628

141

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
You can achieve extensive manual control
by moving the gearshift lever to the sport
(S) position.

In order to prevent the engine from running
at too low an RPM, which may cause it to
stall, SelectShift still automatically makes
some downshifts if it has determined that
you have not downshifted in time.
Although SelectShift makes some
downshifts for you, it still allows you to
downshift at any time as long as the
SelectShift determines that damage will
not be caused to the engine from
over-revving.

•
•

Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift.
Pull the left paddle (–) to downshift.

Note: Engine damage may occur if you
maintain excessive engine revving without
shifting.
E144821

SelectShift does not automatically upshift,
even if the engine is approaching the RPM
limit. It must be shifted manually by
pressing the + button.

The system determines when temporary
manual control is no longer in use and
returns to automatic control.

If equipped with the toggle on the
gearshift lever:

Upshift to the recommended shift speeds
according to the following chart:

•
•

Press the (+) button to upshift.
Press the (-) button to downshift.

Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)

Shift from:
1-2

15 mph (24 km/h)

2-3

25 mph (40 km/h)

3-4

40 mph (64 km/h)

4-5

45 mph (72 km/h)

5-6

50 mph (80 km/h)

The instrument cluster displays your
currently selected gear.

E142629

If equipped with steering wheel
paddles:

Note: The system stays in manual control
until you make another shift selection (for
example, drive [D]).

With your vehicle in drive (D), the paddle
shifters provide temporary manual control.
They allow you the ability to shift gears
quickly, without taking your hands off the
steering wheel.

142

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.
When doing this procedure, you will
be taking your vehicle out of park (P)
which means your vehicle can roll
freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully set the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheel chocks if appropriate.

E155984

If you fully release the parking brake
and the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized
dealer.

Remove the side panel on the right side
of the gearshift lever.

Note: For some markets this feature will be
disabled.
Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-shift
interlock feature that prevents moving the
gearshift lever from park (P) when the
ignition is in the on position and the brake
pedal is not pressed.

E155985

If you cannot move the gearshift lever out
of park (P) position with the ignition in the
on position and the brake pedal pressed,
a malfunction may have occurred. It is
possible that a fuse has blown or your
vehicle’s brake lamps are not operating
properly. See Fuse Specification Chart
(page 201).

2. Locate the access hole.

If the fuse is not blown and the brake
lamps are working properly, the following
procedure will allow you to move the
gearshift lever from park (P):
E155983

143

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Transmission
3. Insert the screwdriver (or similar tool)
into the access hole and press the lever
foreword while pulling the gearshift
lever out of the park (P) position and
into the neutral (N) position.
4. Remove the tool and reinstall the
panel.
5. Start the vehicle and release the
parking brake.

Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning
This feature may increase durability and
provide consistent shift feel over the life
of your vehicle. A new vehicle or
transmission may have firm shifts, soft
shifts or both. This operation is considered
normal and does not affect function or
durability of the transmission. Over time,
the adaptive learning process fully updates
transmission operation.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a minute or damage to the transmission and
tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
you may rock it out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

144

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Brakes
Brake Assist

GENERAL INFORMATION

Brake assist detects when you brake
rapidly by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal, and can reduce stopping
distances in critical situations.

Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer. If
your vehicle has continuous vibration or
shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
have it checked by an authorized dealer.

Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.

Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 242).

This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you turn the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the system may be disabled. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is
disabled, normal braking is still effective.

Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country for which your
vehicle was originally built, your brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following
this, your hazard lights may also flash when
your vehicle comes to a stop.

E144522

If the brake warning lamp
illuminates when you release the
E144522
parking brake, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.

Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES

See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 87).

Brake Over Accelerator

Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal may pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.

In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Move the transmission to park (P),
switch the engine off and apply the parking
brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.

The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.

145

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Brakes
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.

PARKING BRAKE
Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission
WARNING

HILL START ASSIST

Always set the parking brake fully
and leave your vehicle with the
transmission selector lever in
position P.

WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake and shift the transmission into park
(P) for automatic transmission or first gear
for manual transmission.

Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill move the transmission selector
lever to position P and turn the steering
wheel away from the curb.

You must remain in your vehicle once
you have activated the system.

Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill move the transmission
selector lever to position P and turn the
steering wheel toward the curb.

During all times, you are responsible
for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
intervening, if required.

Vehicles With Manual
Transmission

If the engine is revved excessively, or
if a malfunction is detected, the
system will be deactivated.

WARNING
Always set the parking brake fully.

The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.

Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill select first gear and turn the
steering wheel away from the curb.

When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes are released
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient torque to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space.

Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill select reverse gear and turn
the steering wheel toward the curb.

All Vehicles
Note: Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
To apply the parking brake:
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent.
To release the parking brake:

146

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Brakes
The system will activate automatically on
any slope that will cause significant vehicle
rollback. For vehicles with a manual
transmission, you can switch this feature
off using the information display. See
Information Displays (page 91). The
system will remain on or off depending on
how it was last set.
Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate
the system is either on or off.

Using Hill Start Assist
1.

Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed and select an
uphill gear (for example, first (1) when
facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing
downhill).
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will activate
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
about two or three seconds. This hold
time will automatically be extended if
you are in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will release automatically.

Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.

147

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Traction Control
Using the Information Display
Controls

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.

You can switch this feature off or on in the
information display. See General
Information (page 91).

If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.

Using a Switch (If Equipped)
Use the traction control switch on the
instrument panel to switch the system off
or on.

System Indicator Lights and
Messages

USING TRACTION CONTROL

The stability and traction control
light:

WARNING
The stability and traction control
light illuminates steadily if the
system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead to
an increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

E138639

•
•
•

Temporarily illuminates on engine
start-up.
Flashes when a driving condition
activates either of the systems.
Illuminates if a problem occurs in either
of the systems.

The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
E130458
on engine start-up and stays on
when you switch the traction control
system off.

The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.

Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a
message appears in the information
display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by either
using the information display controls or
the switch.
148

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Stability Control
If a fault occurs in either the stability
control or the traction control system, you
may experience the following conditions:

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Install any aftermarket
stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from
the front center console, the tunnel, and
the front seats in order to minimize the risk
of interfering with the electronic stability
control sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the electronic stability
control system could lead to an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.

•
•

The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.

If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It’s always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the road;
this could reduce the operator’s ability to
control the vehicle potentially resulting in
a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your electronic
stability control system activates, SLOW
DOWN.

The stability and traction control light
flashes.
Your vehicle slows down.
Reduced engine power.
A vibration in the brake pedal.
The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.

The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Using Traction Control (page 148).

The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.

149

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Stability Control

B
B
A
A

E72903

Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.

Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.

USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control
system off, but when you shift into reverse
(R), the system deactivates.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on. See Using Traction Control
(page 148).

150

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
Note: The sensing system cannot be turned
off when a MyKey is present. See Principle
of Operation (page 54).

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, please
read and understand the limitations
of the system as contained in this
section. Sensing is only an aid for some
(generally large and fixed) objects when
moving on a flat surface at parking speeds.
Certain objects with surfaces that absorb
ultrasonic waves, surrounding vehicle's
parking aid systems, traffic control
systems, fluorescent lamps, inclement
weather, air brakes, and external motors
and fans may also affect the function of
the sensing system; this may include
reduced performance or a false activation.

Note: If you attach certain add-on devices
such as a trailer or bike rack, the rear sensing
system may detect that add-on device and
therefore provide warnings. It is suggested
that you disable the rear sensing system
when you attach an add-on device to your
vehicle to prevent these warnings.
The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system turns on automatically
whenever you switch the ignition on.
You can turn the system on or
off by pressing the parking aid
E139213
button. If your vehicle does not
have a parking aid button, the system can
be switched off through the information
display menu or from the pop-up message
that appears once you shift the
transmission into reverse (R). See General
Information (page 91).

To help avoid personal injury, always
use caution when in reverse (R) and
when using the sensing system.
This system is not designed to
prevent contact with small or moving
objects. The system is designed to
provide a warning to assist the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to avoid
damaging your vehicle. The system may
not detect smaller objects, particularly
those close to the ground.

If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
(page 95).

Certain add-on devices such as large
trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks
and any device that may block the
normal detection zone of the system, may
create false beeps.

REAR PARKING AID
The rear parking aid sensors automatically
turn on when you shift into reverse (R).
As your vehicle moves closer to the
obstacle, the rate of the audible warning
increases. When the obstacle is less than
12 in (30 cm) away, the warning sounds
continuously. If the system detects an
object farther than 12 in (30 cm) from the
corners of the bumper, the tone sounds for
only three seconds. If the system detects
an approaching object the warning sounds
again.

Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors
are covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alarms.

151

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids

E187330

Coverage area of up to 28 in (70 cm) from
the front bumper. There is decreased
coverage area at the outer corners.

E130178

Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from
the rear bumper. There is decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
bumper.

The system sounds an audible warning
when obstacles are near either bumper in
the following manner:
• Objects detected by the front sensors
are indicated by a high-pitched tone
from the front of the vehicle.
• Objects detected by the rear sensors
are indicated by a lower pitched tone
from the rear of the vehicle.
• The sensing system reports the
obstacle which is closest to the front
or rear of the vehicle. For example, if
an obstacle is 12 in (30 cm) from the
front of the vehicle and, at the same
time, an obstacle is only 6 in (15 cm)
from the rear of the vehicle, the lower
pitched tone sounds.
• An alternating warning sounds from
the front and rear if there are objects
at both bumpers that are closer than
12 in (30 cm).

The system detects certain objects while
the transmission is in reverse (R) :
• Your vehicle is moving toward a
stationary object at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is not moving, but a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is moving at a speed of
less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving
object is approaching the rear of your
vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph
(5 km/h).

FRONT PARKING AID
The front parking aid sensors automatically
turn on when you shift into reverse (R) or
a forward gear.

The system provides warnings when your
vehicle is moving or when your vehicle is
stationary and the detected obstacle is
less than 12 in (30 cm) away from the
bumper.

The front sensors are active when the
transmission is in any position other than
park (P) and the vehicle speed is below
7 mph (12 km/h).

152

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
Parallel Park Out Assist automatically
steers your vehicle out of a parallel parking
space (hands-free) while you control the
accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The
system visually and audibly guides you to
enter traffic.

ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
Parallel Parking, Perpendicular
Parking, Parallel Park Out Assist
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.

The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• You use a spare tire or a tire
significantly worn more than the other
tires.
• One or more tires are improperly
inflated.
• You try to park on a tight curve.
• Something passes between the front
bumper and the parking space (a
pedestrian or cyclist).
• The edge of the neighboring parked
vehicle is high off the ground (for
example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed
truck).
• The weather conditions are poor
(heavy rain, snow, fog, etc).

The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause interference.
Active park assist does not apply the
brakes under any circumstances.
The system is designed to aid the
driver. It is not intended to replace
your attention and judgment. You are
still responsible to drive with due care and
attention.

Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors
can affect the system's accuracy. Do not
clean the sensors with sharp objects.

Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not detect traffic alongside or behind
your vehicle during an active park assist
maneuver.

Note: The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves
or cause ultrasonic interference (motorcycle
exhaust, truck air brakes or horns).

The system detects an available parallel
or perpendicular parking space and
automatically steers your vehicle into the
space (hands-free) while you control the
accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The
system visually and audibly guides you to
park your vehicle.

Do not use the system if:
• You have attached a foreign object (for
example, a bike rack or trailer) close to
the sensors on the front or rear of your
vehicle.
• You have attached an overhanging
object (for example, a surfboard) to
the roof.

If you are uncomfortable with the proximity
to any vehicle or object, you may choose
to override the system by grabbing the
steering wheel or pushing the active park
assist button.

153

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
•

•

A foreign object damages or obstructs
the front or rear bumper or side
sensors.
The correct tire size is not in use on your
vehicle (for example, a mini-spare tire).

When driving at a speed less than 22 mph
(35 km/h) the system automatically scans
both sides of your vehicle for an available
parking space. The system displays a
message and a corresponding graphic to
indicate it is searching for a parking space.
Use the direction indicator to select
searching either to the left-hand side or
right-hand side of your vehicle. If the
direction indicators are not used, the
system defaults to the passenger side of
your vehicle.

Using Active Park Assist - Parallel
Parking

E146186

Press the active park assist
button to search for a parallel
parking space.

E130107

Note: You can also activate the Active Park
Assist system after you have already driven
partially or completely past a parking space.
To do so, press the Active Park button and
the system will inform you if you have
recently passed a suitable parking space.

Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space (for example, if your
vehicle detects multiple spaces while you
are driving, it offers the last one).
Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph
(35 km/h), the system shows a message to
alert you to reduce your vehicle speed.

When the system finds a suitable space,
it displays a message and a tone sounds.
Stop your vehicle and follow the
instructions on the screen. If your vehicle
is moving very slowly, you may need to pull
forward a short distance before the system
is ready to park.

Automatic Steering into Parking Space
Note: If your vehicle speed exceeds
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or the
maneuver is interrupted (driver input), the
system switches off and you need to take
full control of your vehicle.

Note: You must observe that the selected
space remains clear of obstructions at all
times during the maneuver.

When you shift the transmission into
reverse (R), with your hands off the wheel
(and nothing obstructing its movement),
your vehicle steers itself into the space.
The system displays instructions to move
your vehicle back and forth in the space.

Note: You should drive your vehicle within
5 ft (1.5 m) and as parallel as possible to
the other vehicles while passing a parking
space.

154

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids

E130108

Using Active Park Assist Perpendicular Parking

When you think your vehicle is properly
parked, or you hear a solid tone from the
parking aid (accompanied by a display
message and a chime), bring your vehicle
to a complete stop.

E146186

When automatic steering is complete, the
system displays a message and a tone
sounds, indicating that the active park
assist process is finished. You are
responsible for checking the parking job
and making any necessary corrections
before leaving your vehicle.

Press the active park assist
button twice to search for a
perpendicular parking space.

The system displays a message and a
corresponding graphic to indicate it is
searching for a parking space. Use the
direction indicator to select searching
either to the left-hand side or right-hand
side of your vehicle.
Note: If you do not make a selection the
system will default to the passenger's side.

E186193

Note: You must observe that the selected
space remains clear of obstructions at all
times during the maneuver.

Note: You should drive your vehicle within
5 ft (1.5 m) and as perpendicular as possible
to the other vehicles while passing a parking
space.

155

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space (for example, if your
vehicle detects multiple spaces while you
are driving, it offers the last one).

Note: If driven above approximately 19 mph
(30 km/h), the system shows a message to
alert you to reduce your vehicle speed.

When you think your vehicle is properly
parked, or you hear a solid tone from the
parking aid (accompanied by a display
message and a chime), bring your vehicle
to a complete stop.

Note: Perpendicular parking is a multi-step
process and may require you to shift your
transmission multiple times. Follow the on
screen instructions until the parking process
is completed.

Automatic Steering into Parking Space
Note: If your vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h) or the maneuver is interrupted
(driver input), the system switches off and
you need to take full control of your vehicle.

Using Active Park Assist - Parallel Park
Out Assist
While your vehicle is at rest in a
parallel parking space, press the
active park assist button to use
parallel park out assist.
E146186

The system displays a message requesting
an indication of direction. Use the direction
indicator to select which side of your
vehicle you want to exit the parking space.
E186191

E188012

156

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
Deactivating the Active Park
Assist Feature

The system determines the clearance to
the front and rear of your vehicle and
automatically steers your vehicle out of a
parallel parking space (hands-free) while
you control the accelerator, gearshift and
brakes. The system visually and audibly
guides you to enter traffic.

Manually deactivate the system by:
• Pressing the active park assist button
during an active maneuver.
• Grabbing the steering wheel during an
active maneuver.
• Driving above approximately 22 mph
(35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an
active park search.
• Driving above approximately 6 mph
(10 km/h) during automatic steering.
• Switching off the traction control
system.

After the system has directed your vehicle
past the adjacent vehicle or object, it
guides you to take control of the steering
to complete the exit from the parking spot.
Note: If the clearance in front of your
vehicle allows easy departure, the Parallel
Park Out Assist feature might not be
available.
Note: You are responsible for controlling
your vehicle and making sure the path is
clear prior to pulling into traffic.

Certain vehicle conditions can also
deactivate the system, such as:
• Traction control has activated.
• There is an anti-lock brake system
activation or failure.

Note: This system is not intended to assist
in exiting perpendicular parking spaces,
damages to your vehicle may occur.

If a problem occurs with the system, a
warning message displays accompanied
by a tone. Occasional system messages
may occur in normal operation. For
recurring or frequent system faults, contact
an authorized dealer to have your vehicle
serviced.

Note: If your vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h) or the maneuver is interrupted
(driver input), the system switches off and
you need to take full control of your vehicle.

Troubleshooting the System
The system does not look for a space

The traction control system may be off.
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to
detect a parking space.

157

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids

The system does not offer a particular space

The sensors may be covered (for example, snow, ice or dirt buildup). Covered sensors
can affect the system's functionality.
There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking
space.
The parking space is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) or closer than 16 in (0.4 m) away.
Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h) for parallel and 19 mph (30 km/h)
for perpendicular parking.
You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After a battery disconnect, the vehicle
must be driven on a straight road for a short period of time.

The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space

Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (rolling forward with
reverse [R] selected).
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle
properly.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly.
Your vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space.
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (not inflated correctly, improper
size, or of different sizes).
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities.
A parked vehicle has a high attachment (salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed).
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed.
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (driving from a heated garage
into the cold, or after leaving a car wash).

158

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.

E147796

Reverse your vehicle as slow as
possible, higher speeds may limit
your reaction time to stop your
vehicle.

The camera is on the liftgate.

Use caution when the liftgate is ajar.
If the liftgate is ajar, the camera will
be out of position and the video
image may be incorrect. All guidelines
disappear when the liftgate is ajar. Some
vehicles may not come equipped with
guidelines.

The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).

Using the Rear View Camera
System

The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Active guidelines: Show the intended
path of your vehicle when reversing.
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object (for
example, a trailer).

Use caution when turning camera
features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.

Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the luggage compartment is ajar, no
rear view camera features are displayed.
Note: If the image comes on while the
transmission is not in reverse (R), have the
system checked as soon as possible.

159

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what is being towed behind your vehicle.
This might not provide adequate coverage
as it usually provides in normal operation
and some objects might not be seen. In
some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear
once the trailer tow connector is engaged.

B C

Note: The camera may not operate
correctly under the following conditions:
•
•

•

Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
The camera's view is obstructed by
mud, water or debris. Clean the lens
with a soft, lint-free cloth and
non-abrasive cleaner.
The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.

Access the rear view camera system
settings through the information display.
See General Information (page 91).

After changing a system setting, the
display screen shows a preview of the
selected features.

E142436

Camera Guidelines

Active guidelines

Note: Dynamic guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).

Centerline

Fixed guideline: Green zone

Fixed guideline: Yellow zone

Fixed guideline: Red zone

Rear bumper

Active guidelines are only shown with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position is changed while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.

160

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Parking Aids
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines are not
shown when the steering wheel position
is straight.

•
•

Your vehicle speed sufficiently
increases.
You shift your vehicle into park (P).

Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF. The default setting for the rear
camera delay is OFF.

Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
exterior mirrors and rear view mirror to get
better coverage on both sides and rear of
your vehicle.

Enhanced Park Aids
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
When the sensing system detects an
object, it displays red, yellow and green
highlights at the top of the image. The alert
highlights all objects detected.

Manual Zoom
WARNING

Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.

When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind your vehicle may not
show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only
the centerline is shown.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R). When the transmission is shifted out
of reverse (R), the feature automatically
turns off and must be reset when it is used
again.
Selectable settings for this feature are +
and -. The default setting for the manual
zoom is OFF.
Rear Camera Delay (If Equipped)
When you shift the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear while the rear
camera delay is active, the camera image
displays until:

161

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Cruise Control
The indicator appears in the
information display.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
E71340

Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).

Setting the Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Note: The indicator will change color.

USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control on winding
roads, in heavy traffic or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.

Changing the Set Speed
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.

When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed could increase above
the set speed. The system does not
apply the brakes.

•

Note: Cruise control disengages if the
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below the set speed when driving
uphill.
•

•

Press and release SET+ or SET-. When
you select km/h as the display
measurement in the Information
display the set speed changes in
approximately 2 km/h increments.
When you select mph as the display
measurement in the information
display the set speed changes in
approximately 1 mph increments.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.
Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.

Canceling the Set Speed
Press and release CAN or tap the brake
pedal. The set speed does not erase.

E144500

The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.

Resuming the Set Speed
Press and release RES.

Switching Cruise Control On

Switching Cruise Control Off

Press and release ON.

Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.

162

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Cruise Control
Press and release OFF when the system is
in stand by mode or switch the ignition off.

163

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
DRIVER ALERT

Note: The system assists you when driving
on fast main roads and freeways.

Principle of Operation

Note: The system calculates an alertness
level at vehicle speeds above approximately
40 mph (65 km/h).

WARNINGS
The system is designed to aid the
driver. It is not intended to replace
your attention and judgment. You are
still responsible to drive with due care and
attention.

The system automatically monitors your
driving behavior.
The system is designed to alert you if it
detects that you are becoming drowsy or
if your driving deteriorates.

At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising
the system and intervening, if
required. Failure to take care may result in
the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.

Using Driver Alert
Switching the System On and Off
Switch the system on using the information
display. See Information Displays (page
91).

The system may not function if the
sensor is blocked.

Note: The system remains on or off
depending on how it was last set.

Take regular rest breaks if you feel
tired. Do not wait for the system to
warn you.

The system calculates your alertness level
based upon your driving behavior in relation
to the lane markings and other factors.

Certain driving styles may result in
the system warning you even if you
are not feeling tired.

System Warnings

In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can
all limit sensor performance.

Note: The system does not warn you if the
vehicle speed falls below approximately
40 mph (65 km/h).
The warning system has two stages:
1. A temporary warning is issued to advise
you to take a rest. This message only
appears for a short time.
2. If you do not rest and the system
continues to detect that your driving
deteriorates, it issues a further warning.
This remains in the information display
until you cancel it. See Information
Messages (page 95).

The system will not operate if the
sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
If damage occurs in the immediate
area surrounding the sensor, have
your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
The system may not correctly
operate if your vehicle is fitted with
a suspension kit not approved by us.

Press OK on the steering wheel control to
remove the warning.

Note: Keep the windshield free from
obstructions for example bird droppings,
insects and snow or ice.

164

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
System Display

Resetting the System

When active the system runs automatically
in the background and only issue warnings
if required. You can view the status at any
time using the information display. See
General Information (page 91).

You can reset the system by:
• Switching the ignition off and on.
• Stopping your vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver door.

The alertness level is shown by six steps
as a colored bar.

LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (If
Equipped)

WARNINGS
The system is designed to aid the
driver. It is not intended to replace
your attention and judgment. You are
still responsible to drive with due care and
attention.

E131358

Alertness level is fine, no rest required.

Always drive with due care and
attention when using and operating
the controls and features on your
vehicle.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising
the system and intervening, if
required. Failure to take care may result in
the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.

E131359

Alertness level is critical, indicating that
you should take a rest as soon as it is safe
to do so.

In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can
all limit sensor performance.

The status bar travels from left to right as
the calculated alertness level decreases.
As the rest icon is approached, the color
turns from green to yellow and then finally
red when a rest break must be taken.
•
•
•

The system will not operate if the
sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
The sensor may incorrectly track lane
markings as other structures or
objects. This can result in a false or
missed warning.

Green: No rest required.
Yellow: First (temporary) warning.
Red: Second warning.

Your alertness level will be shown in gray
if:
• The sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).

Large contrasts in outside lighting
can limit sensor performance.
The system may not operate
properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from
obstruction.
165

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
WARNINGS
If damage occurs in the immediate
area surrounding the sensor, have
your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.

System Settings

Note: The system works above 40 mph
(64 km/h).

Mode: This setting allows you to select
which of the system features you can
enable.

The system has optional setting menus
available. The system stores the
last-known selection for each of these
settings. You do not need to readjust your
settings each time you turn on the system.

Note: The system works as long as the
camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: The system may not function if the
camera is blocked or there is damage to the
windshield.
Note: When Aid mode is on and the system
detects no steering activity for a short
period, the system will alert you to put your
hands on the steering wheel. The system
may detect a light grip or touch on the
steering wheel as hands off driving.
The system notifies you to stay in your lane
through the steering system and the
instrument cluster display when the front
camera detects an unintentional drift out
of your lane is likely to occur. The system
automatically detects and tracks the road
lane markings using a camera mounted
behind the interior rear view mirror.

E165515

Alert only – Provides a steering wheel
vibration when the system detects an
unintended lane departure.

Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system on or off setting is stored
until it is manually changed, unless a MyKey
is detected. If the system detects a MyKey
it defaults to on and the mode is set to Alert.
Note: If a MyKey is detected, pressing the
button will not affect the on or off status of
the system.

E144813

E165516

Press the button on the steering
wheel stalk to switch the system
on or off.

Aid only – Provides an assistance steering
torque input toward the lane center when
the system detects an unintended lane
departure.

166

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
System Display

E165517

Alert

Aid

E151660

When you switch on the system, an
overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane
markings will display in the information
display. If you select aid mode when you
switch on the system, a separate white
icon will also appear or in some vehicles
arrows will display with the lane markings.

Alert + Aid – Provides an assistance
steering torque input toward the lane
center. If your vehicle continues drifting out
of the lane, the system provides a steering
wheel vibration.

When you switch off the system, the lane
marking graphics will not display.

Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate
general zone coverage. They do not provide
exact zone parameters.

While the system is on, the color of the
lane markings will change to indicate the
system status.

Intensity: This setting affects the intensity
of the steering wheel vibration used for the
alert and alert + aid modes. This setting
does not affect the aid mode.
•
•
•

Gray: Indicates that the system is
temporarily unable to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated side(s).
This may be because:

Low
Normal
High

•
•
•

Your vehicle is under the activation
speed.
The turn indicator is active.
Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.

167

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
•
•

The road has no or poor lane markings
in the camera field-of-view.
The camera is obscured or unable to
detect the lane markings due to
environmental conditions (significant
sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain
or fog), traffic conditions (following a
large vehicle that is blocking or
shadowing the lane), or vehicle
conditions (poor headlamp
illumination).

Yellow: Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a lane
keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing
or has just provided a lane keeping alert
warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed
at any time by the following:
•
•
•
•

See Troubleshooting for additional
information.
Green: Indicates that the system is
available or ready to provide a warning or
intervention, on the indicated side(s).

Quick braking.
Fast acceleration.
Using the turn signal indicator.
Evasive steering maneuver.

Troubleshooting
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?

Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature
Sun is shining directly into the camera lens
Quick intentional lane change
Staying too close to the lane marking
Driving at high speeds in curves
The last Alert warning or Aid intervention occurred a short time ago
Ambiguous lane markings (mainly in construction zones)
Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa
Sudden offset in lane markings
ABS or AdvanceTrac activation
Camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield
Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa
Standing water on the road
Faint lane markings (partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads)

168

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?

Lane width too narrow or too wide
Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement
Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads

Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the
Aid or Aid + Alert mode?

High cross winds
Large road crown
Rough roads, grooves, shoulder drop-offs
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure
If the tires have been exchanged (including snow tires), or the suspension has been
modified

BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM

WARNING
To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the
Blind Spot Information System as a
replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind
Spot Information System is not a
replacement for careful driving.

A
E124788

The Blind Spot Information System is
designed to aid you in detecting vehicles
that may have entered the blind spot zone
(A). The detection area is on both sides of
your vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft
(4 m) beyond the bumper. The system is
designed to alert you if certain vehicles
enter the blind spot zone while driving.

169

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not prevent contact with other vehicles
or objects; nor detect parked vehicles,
people, animals or infrastructure (fences,
guardrails, trees). It’s only designed to alert
you to vehicles in the blind spot zones.

The Blind Spot Information System
illuminates an amber alert indicator in the
outside mirror on the side of your vehicle
the approaching vehicle is coming from.
When the Blind Spot Information System
is alerting on a vehicle and the
corresponding turn signal is ON, the Blind
Spot Information System alert indicator
flashes as an increased warning level.

Note: When a vehicle passes quickly
through the blind spot zone, typically fewer
than two seconds, the system does not
trigger.

The alert indicator dims when the system
detects nighttime darkness.

Using the System

Note: The alert indicator flashes in case of
an alert and the turn signal is set to that side
at the same time.

The Blind Spot Information System turns
on when you start the engine and you drive
your vehicle forward above 5 mph
(8 km/h).

System Sensor Blockage

For automatic transmissions, the Blind
Spot Information System remains on while
the transmission is in drive (D). If shifted
into reverse (R) or park (P) the Blind Spot
Information System turns off. Once shifted
back into drive (D), the Blind Spot
Information System turns back on when
you drive your vehicle above 5 mph
(8 km/h).

For manual transmissions, the Blind Spot
Information System is on for all gears
except the reverse (R).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not function in reverse (R) or park (P).
System Lights and Messages
E205199

The system uses radar sensors that are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Any dirt, mud and
snow in front of the sensors and/or driving
in heavy rain can cause system
degradation. Also, other types of
obstructions in front of the sensor can
cause system degradation. This is referred
to as a ‘blocked’ condition.
E142442

170

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
Switching the System Off and On

Note: Do not apply bumper stickers and/or
repair compound to these areas, this can
cause degraded system performance.

You can temporarily switch the Blind Spot
Information System off in the information
display. See General Information (page
91). When the Blind Spot Information
System switches off, you will not receive
alerts and the information display shows
a system off message. The telltale in the
cluster also illuminates. When you switch
the Blind Spot Information System on or
off, the alert indicators flash twice.

If the system detects a degraded
performance condition, a message warning
of a blocked sensor will appear in the
information display. Also the BLIS alert
indicators will remain ON and BLIS will no
longer provide any vehicle warnings. You
can clear the information display warning
but the alert indicators will remain
illuminated.

Note: The Blind Spot Information System
remembers the last selected on or off
setting.

A "blocked" condition can be cleared in
two ways:
• After the blockage in front of the
sensors is removed or the
rainfall/snowfall rate decreases or
stops, drive for a few minutes in traffic
to allow the sensors to detect passing
vehicles.
• By cycling the ignition from ON to OFF
and then back ON.

You can also have the Blind Spot
Information System switched off
permanently at an authorized dealer. Once
switched off permanently, the system can
only be switched back on at an authorized
dealer.

CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT

Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a
factory equipped trailer tow module and it
is towing a trailer, the sensors will
automatically turn the Blind Spot
Information System off. If your vehicle has
a tow bar but no factory equipped trailer
tow module, it is recommended to turn the
Blind Spot Information System off
manually. Operating the Blind Spot
Information System with a trailer attached
will cause poor system performance.

WARNING
To help avoid personal injury, NEVER
use the Cross Traffic Alert system as
a replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before backing out of a parking
space. Cross Traffic Alert is not a
replacement for careful driving.
Cross Traffic Alert is designed to warn you
of vehicles approaching from the sides
when the transmission is in reverse (R).

System Errors
If the system senses a problem with the
left or right sensor, the telltale will
illuminate and a message will appear in
the information display. See Information
Messages (page 95).

Using the System
Cross Traffic Alert turns on when you start
the engine and you shift into reverse (R).
Once shifted out of reverse (R), Cross
Traffic Alert turns off.
Note: Cross Traffic Alert only functions
while your transmission is in reverse (R).

171

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
fully obstructed. Reversing slowly helps
increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.

Cross Traffic Alert is designed to detect
vehicles that approach with a speed up to
37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases
when the sensors are partially, mostly or

E142440

In this first example, the left sensor is only
partially obstructed; zone coverage to the
right is nearly maximized.

E142441

172

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
Information System (page 169). If the
Blind Spot Information System is blocked,
Cross Traffic Alert is also blocked. A
corresponding message appears in the
information display as soon as you shift
the transmission into reverse (R).

Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at shallow angles. Here, the left
sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage
on that side is severely limited.

System Lights, Messages and
Audible Alerts

System Limitations
Cross Traffic Alert has its limitations;
situations such as severe weather
conditions or debris build-up on the sensor
area may limit vehicle detection.
The following are other situations that may
limit the Cross Traffic Alert performance:
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
obstructing the sensors.
• Approaching vehicles passing at
speeds greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• Driving in reverse faster than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• Backing out of an angled parking spot.

E142442

The Cross Traffic Alert illuminates an
amber alert indicator in the outside mirror
on the side of your vehicle the approaching
vehicle is coming from. Cross Traffic Alert
also sounds an audible alert and a
message appears in the information
display indicating a vehicle is coming from
the right or left. Cross Traffic Alert works
with the reverse sensing system that
sounds its own series of tones. See Rear
Parking Aid (page 151).

False Alerts
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a
factory equipped trailer tow module and it
is towing a trailer, the sensors will
automatically turn the Cross Traffic Alert
off. If your vehicle has a tow bar but no
factory equipped trailer tow module, it is
recommended to turn the Cross Traffic Alert
off manually. Operating Cross Traffic Alert
with a trailer attached will cause poor Cross
Traffic Alert performance.
There may be certain instances when there
is a false alert by the Cross Traffic Alert
system that illuminates the alert indicator
with no vehicle in the coverage zone. Some
amount of false alerts are normal; they are
temporary and self-correct.

E205199

The system uses radar sensors that are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud,
snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these
areas, this can cause degraded system
performance. See Blind Spot
173

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
System Errors

Note: Frequent short trips, where the engine
does not fully warm up, will also increase
fuel consumption

If Cross Traffic Alert senses a problem with
the left or right sensor a message will
appear in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 95).

The system is accessed using the
information display control. See General
Information (page 91).

Switching the System Off and On

Type 1

You can temporarily switch Cross Traffic
Alert off in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 95). When
you switch Cross Traffic Alert off, you will
not receive alerts and the information
display will display a system off message.

E121813

Note: The Cross Traffic Alert switches on
whenever the ignition is switched on and
ready to provide appropriate alerts when
the transmission is in reverse (R). Cross
Traffic Alert will not remember the last
selected on or off setting.
You can also have Cross Traffic Alert
switched off permanently at an authorized
dealer. Once switched off permanently,
the system can only be switched back on
at an authorized dealer.

Gear shifting

Anticipation

Efficient speed

Gear shifting
Use the highest drivable gear appropriate
for the road conditions to improve fuel
consumption.
Anticipation

ECO MODE

Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance
to other vehicles to avoid the need for
heavy braking or acceleration to improve
fuel economy.

This system assists you in driving more
efficiently by constantly monitoring
characteristics of gear changing,
anticipation of traffic conditions and
speeds while driving.

Efficient speed
Reduce your cruising speed on open roads
to improve economy. Higher speeds use
more fuel.

The value of these characteristics is
represented by petals shown in the display,
with five petals being the most efficient.
The more efficiently you drive, the better
the rating, and the better your vehicle's
overall fuel economy.

Resetting Eco Mode
Reset the average fuel consumption by
using the information display control.

Note: These efficiency values do not result
in a defined fuel consumption figure. It might
vary as it is not only related to these driving
habits, but also influenced by many other
factors such as short trips and cold starts.

Note: New values may take a short time to
calculate

174

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Aids
Steering Tips

STEERING

If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Correct tire pressures.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.

Electric Power Steering
WARNINGS
The electric power steering system
has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays in
the information display. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
ignition off. After at least 10 seconds,
switch the ignition on and watch the
information display for a steering system
warning message. If a steering system
warning message returns, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.

Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.

If the system detects an error, you
may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Obtain immediate service from
an authorized dealer, failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system. There is no fluid reservoir. No
maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle. This increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.

175

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Load Carrying
Removing the Cover

REAR UNDER FLOOR
STORAGE

Cargo Management System (If
Equipped)

E174241

Note: You must repeat the steps on both
sides of your vehicle.
1.

Open the liftgate and disconnect the
tether by pulling it out.
2. Rotate the luggage cover upward.
3. Tap the bottom of the luggage cover
upward near the pivot rod.

E142445

The system is located in the floor of the
cargo area. Lift the handle to open.

LUGGAGE COVERS

Reverse the steps to install the luggage
cover.

WARNINGS
Make sure that the posts are properly
latched in the mounting features.
The luggage cover may cause injury
in a sudden stop or crash if it is not securely
installed.

LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the

Do not place any objects on the
luggage cover. They may obstruct
your vision or strike occupants of
your vehicle in the case of a sudden stop
or crash.
You can remove the luggage cover to load
tall items in the cargo area.

176

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Load Carrying
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.

Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:

E198719

Payload

PAYLOAD

E143816

177

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Load Carrying
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.

WARNING
The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume
capacity (how much space is
available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have
reached the maximum payload of
your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
178

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Load Carrying
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.

Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:

E198828

WARNING
Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight limits can
adversely affect the performance
and handling of your vehicle,
cause vehicle damage and can
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.

WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or
the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
Do not use replacement tires
with lower load carrying
capacities than the original tires
because they may lower your
vehicle's GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires
with a higher limit than the original
tires do not increase the GVWR
and GAWR limitations.

Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can
tow. Consult an authorized dealer
(or the RV and Trailer Towing
Guide available at an authorized
dealer) for more detailed
information.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
179

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Load Carrying
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:

Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity

1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.

Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
180

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Load Carrying
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.

Special Loading Instructions
for Owners of Pick-up Trucks
and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING
When loading the roof racks,
we recommend you evenly
distribute the load, as well as
maintain a low center of gravity.
Loaded vehicles, with higher
centers of gravity, may handle
differently than unloaded vehicles.
Take extra precautions, such as
slower speeds and increased
stopping distance, when driving a
heavily loaded vehicle.

181

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Towing
It is recommended that your vehicle be
towed with a wheel lift and dollies or
flatbed equipment. Do not tow with a
slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not
approved a slingbelt towing procedure. If
the vehicle is towed incorrectly, or by any
other means, vehicle damage may occur.

TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING
Your vehicle is not approved
for trailer towing. Never tow
a trailer with your vehicle.

Ford Motor Company produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck
operators. Have your tow truck operator
refer to this manual for proper hook-up
and towing procedures for your vehicle.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

You can tow your vehicle from the front
with wheel lift equipment to raise the front
wheels off the ground. We recommend
that you place the rear wheels on a dolly
to prevent damage to the rear of your
vehicle.
You can tow your vehicle from the rear with
wheel lift equipment.
Note: You must place the front wheels on
a dolly to prevent damage to the
transmission.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
WARNING
If your vehicle has a steering wheel
lock make sure the ignition is in the
accessory or on position when being
towed.

E143886

If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service or,
if you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, your roadside
assistance service provider.

Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 103).

182

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Towing
Recreational Towing

You can tow your vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground or with the front
wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly.
If you are using a tow dolly, follow the
instructions specified by the equipment
provider. If you tow your vehicle with all
wheels on the ground, follow these
instructions:

WARNING
Your vehicle is not approved for
recreational towing with all four
wheels on the ground.
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle.

Tow only with your vehicle in the
forward direction. Release the parking
brake.
2. Place the transmission in neutral.
Note: The maximum towing speed is
70 mph (112 km/h).

Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational (RV) towing. An example
of recreational towing would be towing
your vehicle behind a motorhome. These
guidelines are designed to ensure that your
transmission is not damaged.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - 1.0L
ECOBOOST™, AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION

Your vehicle can be towed with the front
wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly.
If you are using a tow dolly follow the
instructions specified by the equipment
provider.

Emergency Towing

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - 2.0L,
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNING
If your vehicle has a steering wheel
lock make sure the ignition is in the
accessory or on position when being
towed.

Emergency Towing
WARNING

You can flat-tow (all wheels on the
ground, regardless of the powertrain and
transmission configuration) your disabled
vehicle (without access to wheel dollies,
car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport
vehicle) under the following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward so you
tow it in a forward direction.
• You place the transmission in neutral
(N). If you cannot place the
transmission in neutral (N), you may
need to override it. See Transmission
(page 138).
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).

If your vehicle has a steering wheel
lock make sure the ignition is in the
accessory or on position when being
towed.

183

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Towing
Note: The anti-theft system does not work
until you reconnect the battery cable.

Note: The maximum towing speed is
70 mph (112 km/h).
Note: There is no limit on towing distance.
After towing, start the engine within 15
minutes of reconnecting the battery cable.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 223).
Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 103).
Note: There must be battery power to move
the transmission's internal components to
neutral (N) properly in Step 3. In addition,
moving the gearshift to the neutral (N)
position without first switching the ignition
to the on position limits the towing
capability to 35 mph (56 km/h) and 50 mi
(80 km).

Recreational Towing
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 103).

1. Release the parking brake.
2. Switch on the ignition by pressing the
keyless start button, but do not apply
the brake pedal.
3. Press the brake pedal, and then move
the gearshift to the neutral (N)
position. Release the brake pedal.
4. Wait for a message indicating that the
transmission is ready in the information
and entertainment display, and then
switch off the ignition by pressing the
keyless start button.
5. Disconnect the negative (black) cable
from the battery. You need the door
key to lock and unlock doors when the
battery cable is disconnected. See
Changing the 12V Battery (page 223).
Note: The anti-theft system does not work
until you reconnect the battery cable.

Note: There must be battery power to move
the transmission's internal components to
neutral (N) properly in Step 3. In addition,
moving the gearshift to the neutral (N)
position without first switching the ignition
to the on position limits the towing
capability to 35 mph (56 km/h) and 50 mi
(80 km).
1. Release the parking brake.
2. Switch the ignition to the on position.
3. Press the brake pedal, and then move
the gearshift to the neutral (N)
position.
4. Wait for a message in the information
and entertainment display indicating
that the transmission is ready, and then
switch off the ignition and release the
brake pedal.
5. Disconnect the negative (black) cable
from the battery. See Changing the
12V Battery (page 223).

Note: The maximum towing speed is
70 mph (112 km/h).

184

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Towing
Note: There is no limit on towing distance.
After towing, start the engine within 15
minutes of reconnecting the battery cable.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 223).

185

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Hints
There are also some things you may want
to avoid doing because they reduce your
fuel economy:
• Avoid sudden or hard accelerations.
• Avoid revving the engine before turning
off the car.
• Avoid long idle periods.
• Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
• Reduce the use of air conditioning and
heat.
• Avoid using speed control in hilly
terrain.
• Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
• Avoid carrying unnecessary weight.
• Avoid adding particular accessories to
your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors,
rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski
racks).
• Avoid driving with the wheels out of
alignment.

BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1,000 mi (1,600 km). Vary your speed
frequently and change up through the
gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1,000 mi
(1,600 km).

ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Fuel economy is affected by several things
such as how you drive, the conditions you
drive under and how you maintain your
vehicle.
There are some things to keep in mind that
may improve your fuel economy:
• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,
moderate fashion.
• Drive at steady speeds.
• Anticipate stops; slowing down may
eliminate the need to stop.
• Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving (When running
errands, go to the furthest destination
first and then work your way back
home).
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
• Drive at reasonable speeds.
• Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.
• Use the recommended engine oil.
• Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.

COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -13°F (-25°C).

DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep
water as you may lose control of your
vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.

186

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Hints
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the front
rocker area of your vehicle.

WARNINGS
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.
Always make sure that the floor
mats are properly attached to the
retention posts in the carpet that are
supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must
be properly secured to both retention posts
to make sure mats do not shift out of
position.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering in the vehicle foot well that
cannot be properly secured to
prevent them from moving and interfering
with the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.

E176360

When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
•
•
•
•

Never place floor mats or any other
covering on top of already installed
floor mats. Floor mats should always
rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and
not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering
will reduce the pedal clearance and
potentially interfere with pedal operation.

Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
Check that the horn works.
Check that the exterior lights work.
Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.

Check attachment of floor mats on
a regular basis. Always properly
reinstall and secure floor mats that
have been removed for cleaning or
replacement.

FLOOR MATS

Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while the vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.

WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle. Only use floor mats that
leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only
use floor mats that are firmly secured to
retention posts so that they cannot slip out
of position and interfere with the pedals
or impair safe operation of your vehicle in
other ways.

Failure to properly follow floor mat
installation or attachment
instructions can potentially cause
interference with pedal operation causing
a loss of vehicle control.

187

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Driving Hints

E142666

To install floor mats, position the floor mat
so that the eyelet is over the retention post
and press down to lock in.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.

188

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. The service is available:
•
•

Roadside Assistance includes up to $200
for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible
vehicle requires service at the nearest
authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is
operational but the trailer is not, then the
trailer does not qualify for any roadside
services.

24 hours a day, seven days a week.
For the coverage period listed on the
Roadside Assistance Card included in
your Owner's Manual portfolio.

Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance

Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare, if
provided with the vehicle (except
vehicles supplied with a tire inflation
kit).
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (7.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal
(18.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled
vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel
delivery service to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30.5 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest

Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the owner's information portfolio in the
glove compartment.
United States Ford vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States Ford vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of
Canada, Limited offers a complimentary
roadside assistance program. This program
is eligible within Canada or the continental
United States.

189

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage
is concurrent with the powertrain coverage
period of your vehicle.

FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and, if necessary,
repair fuel leaks after a collision may
increase the risk of fire and serious
injury. Ford Motor Company recommends
that the fuel system be inspected by an
authorized dealer after any collision.

Canadian customers who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using
Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference.

In the event of a moderate to severe
collision, this vehicle includes a fuel pump
shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel
to the engine. Not every impact will cause
a shutoff.

In Canada, this card is found in the
Warranty Guide in the glove compartment
of your vehicle.

Should your vehicle shut off after a
collision, you may restart your vehicle. For
vehicles equipped with a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch on the ignition.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re-enable the
fuel pump.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside
Assistance Program Coverage
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits
may differ from the U.S. coverage.
For complete program coverage details
you may contact your dealer, you can call
us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit
our website at www.ford.ca.

For vehicles equipped with a push button
start system:
1. Press the START/STOP button to
switch off the ignition.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button to switch on the
ignition.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press the START/STOP button
to switch off the ignition.
4. You can either attempt to start the
engine by pressing the brake pedal and
the START/STOP button, or switch
on the ignition only by pressing the
START/STOP button without
pressing the brake pedal. Both ways
re-enable the fuel system.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
Note: If used when the vehicle is not
running, the battery will lose charge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
vehicle.
The hazard warning button is
located on the instrument panel.
Use it when your vehicle is
creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
•

•

Press the button to turn on the hazard
warning function, and the front and
rear direction indicators will flash.
Press the button again to turn them
off.
190

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies
Connecting the Jumper Cables

Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once your vehicle determines that the
systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow
you to restart.

WARNING
Do not attach the cables to fuel lines,
engine rocker covers, the intake
manifold or electrical components
as grounding points. Stay clear of moving
parts. To avoid reverse polarity
connections, make sure that you correctly
identify the positive (+) and negative (-)
terminals on both the disabled and booster
vehicles before connecting the cables.
Battery positions may vary.

Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
an authorized dealer.

JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
The gases around the battery can
explode if exposed to flames, sparks,
or lit cigarettes. An explosion could
result in personal injury or vehicle damage.

Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which
can burn skin, eyes and clothing, if
contacted.
Use only an adequate-sized cable
with insulated clamps.

Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic
transmissions do not have push-start
capability. Attempting to push-start a
vehicle with an automatic transmission may
cause transmission damage.

4
2

Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch. Turn all
accessories off.

E142664

Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.

191

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies
Removing the Jumper Cables

2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the assisting battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the assisting
battery.

Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.

E152134

4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine, or
connect the negative (-) cable to the
ground connection point, if available.

WARNING
Do not connect the end of the
second cable to the negative (-)
terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.

E142665

Remove the jumper cable from the
ground metal surface or connecting
point, if available.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle's battery.

Jump Starting
1.

Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
rpms, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. After starting the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicle engines for an additional
three minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.

After starting your disabled vehicle and
removing the jumper cables, allow your
vehicle to idle for several minutes so the
battery can recharge.

192

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners.
The horn and indicators will turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.

193

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED

Website

www.owner.ford.com

Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.

These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Extended Service Plans.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
• Service specials and promotions.

Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.

In Canada:

A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.

Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8

Away From Home

Telephone

If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.

1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Website

www.ford.ca

In the United States:

Twitter

Mailing address

@FordServiceCA (English Canada)
@FordServiceQC (Quebec)

Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126

Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:

Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)

Additional information and resources are
available online:

Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.

194

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.

In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.

California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:

In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.

Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126

195

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.

Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.

THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.

You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:

The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.

BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.

196

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)

GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA

For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.

The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.

The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.

In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico , Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:

CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.

FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:

197

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance

Customer Relationship Center

Phone

Fax

E-mail

Asia Pacific

N/A

apemcrc@ford.com

Caribbean and
Central America

+1 313 594 4857

Ford Middle East

FORD
80004443673

expcac@ford.com

971 4 3327 266

menacac@ford.com

Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands

+1-800-841-3673

N/A

prcac@ford.com

Sub-Saharan Africa

+1-313-594-4857

+1 313 390 0804

expcac@ford.com

South Korea

+63-2-717-6410

N/A

infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com

If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.

Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.

If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.

To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:

ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE

HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST

198

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.

Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)

E142557

If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.

199

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Customer Assistance

Transport Canada Contact Information

Website

www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/safevehicles-defectinvestigationsindex-76.htm (English)

Website

www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/VehiculesSecuritaires-Enquetesindex-76.htm (French)

Phone

1–800–333–0510

Ford of Canada Contact Information

Website

www.ford.ca

Phone

1–800–565-3673

200

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box

E129925

Fuse

Ampere
rating

Circuits protected

Anti-lock Braking System pump.
Traction control valve.

Traction control valve.

Heated rear window.

Heater blower motor.

Start-stop module.

Engine management systems.
Exhaust gas re-circulation relay.

40A

30A

F10

40A

F11

30A

F12

30A

201

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse

Ampere
rating

Circuits protected

Starter motor.

Rear power window (without door control unit).

Transmission control module.
Cooling fan – 1.0L EcoBoost.

F13

30A

F14

25A

F15

25A

F16

Not used.

F17

Not used.

F18

20A

F19

F20

15A

F21

F22

15A

F23

F24

F25

10A

F26

Windshield wipers.
Traction control module.

Horn.
Brake lamp switch.

Battery monitoring system.

Relay coils, lighting control switch module.

Right-hand partially heated windshield element.

15A

Electric exterior mirrors (without door control unit).

Transmission control module - 2.0L GDI.

20A

Transmission control module - 1.0L Ecoboost.
Air conditioning clutch.

F27

15A

F28

F29

10A

F30

Not used.

F31

Not used.

F32

10A

Not used.
*

Stop-start.

Powertrain control module.
Crankshaft position sensor.
Camshaft position sensor.

202

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse

Ampere
rating

F33

15A

F34

10A

F35

10A

F36

F37

15A

Daytime running lamps.
Headlamp control module

F38

15A

Transmission control module global shifter (switched
battery power).

F39

15A

Heated driver seat.

F40

F41

20A

F42

15A

Rear wiper motor.

F43

15A

Headlamp unit (dynamic bending motor).

F44

F45

15A

F46

25A

F47

7.5A

F48

Circuits protected

Total mass air flow sensor - 2.0 GDI.
Ignition coils - 1.0L EcoBoost.

Run on water pump.
Variable valves.
Canister purge valve.

Crankshaft position sensor.
Universal heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor.
Canister purge valve.
Active grille shutter.

Electric power assisted steering.

Body control module KL15 supply.

Not used.
*

Heated passenger seat.

Electric power windows (without door control unit).

Heated exterior mirrors (without door control unit).
Not used.

Mini fuses

Cartridge fuses

203

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Relay

Relay Type

Circuits switched

Micro relay

Intercooler fan.

Micro relay

Horn.

Micro relay

Front window defroster (partially heated windscreen).

Micro relay

Not used.

Power relay

R10

Mini relay

R11

Micro relay

Air conditioning clutch.
Cooling fan relay.

Rear wiper.

Delayed accessory power.
Not used.
Starter relay.

R12

Power relay

R13

Mini relay

Blower motor.

R14

Mini relay

Powertrain control module.

R15

Power relay

Rear window defroster.

R16

Power relay

Ignition.

204

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box

E129926

Fuse

Ampere
rating

F56

20A

F57

Not used.

F58

Not used (spare).

F59

Circuits protected

Fuel pump supply.

Passive anti-theft system supply.

205

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse

Ampere
rating

F60

10A

Interior lamps, driver's door switch pack, glove box,
ambient lighting, electric moonroof.

F61

20A

Front cigar lighter.
2nd row power point.

F62

Not used (spare).

F63

Not used.

F64

Not used.

Circuits protected

F65

10A

Luggage compartment lid release.

F66

20A

Driver's door lock.

F67

7.5A

Information and entertainment display.
Global Positioning System.
SYNC module.

F68

F69

F70

20A

Central locking.

Not used.
Instrument cluster.

F71

7.5A

Air conditioning.

F72

7.5A

Steering wheel control module.

F73

7.5A

Battery back-up sounder (alarm system).
Onboard diagnostics system.

F74

15A

Headlamp unit (main beam).

F75

15A

Front fog lamps.

F76

10A

Reversing lamp.

F77

20A

Washer pump.

F78

Ignition switch or start button.

F79

15A

Audio unit, hazard and door lock buttons.

F80

20A

Electric moonroof.

F81

F82

20A

Radio frequency receiver.
Washer pump ground.

206

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse

Ampere
rating

F83

20A

Central locking ground.

F84

20A

Driver's door unlock ground.

F85

7.5A

Voltage quality monitoring (KL15).
Manual air conditioning heater module.
Forward looking camera.
Radio.
Moonroof module.

F86

10A

Restraint system.
Occupant weight sensor.

F87

15A

Heated steering wheel.

F88

Not used.

F89

Not used.

Circuits protected

Luggage Compartment Fuse Box

E129927

Fuse

Ampere
rating

Circuits protected

Ignition relay.
Not used.

Keyless vehicle door handles.

207

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse

Ampere
rating

25A

F10

25A

F11

F12

Not used.

Circuits protected

Door module (left-hand front) (electric windows, central
locking, heated exterior mirrors).

Door module (right-hand front) (electric windows, central
locking, heated exterior mirrors).

Door module (left-hand rear) (electric windows).

Door module (right-hand rear) (electric windows).
Not used.

Power driver's seat adjust.

Digital signal processing amplifier.
Keypad switch.

F13

Not used.

F14

Not used.

F15

Not used.

F16

Not used.

F17

Not used.

F18

Not used.

F19

Not used.

F20

Not used.

F21

Not used.

F22

Not used.

F23

Not used.

F24

Not used.

F25

Not used.

F26

Not used.

F27

Not used.

208

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse

Ampere
rating

F28

F29

F30

Circuits protected

Not used.
*

Blind spot monitor.
Rear view camera without start stop module.

Parking aid module.

F31

Not used.

F32

Not used.

F33

Not used.

F34

Not used.

F35

Not used.

F36

Not used.

F37

Not used.

F38

Not used.

F39

Not used.

F40

Not used.

F41

Not used.

F42

Not used.

F43

Not used.

F44

Not used.

F45

Not used.

F46

Not used.

Mini fuses

Cartridge fuses

209

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses

Relay

Relay Type

Circuits switched

Power relay

Not used.

Ignition switch.

CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.

E217331

If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.

210

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Fuses
Fuse Types

E207206

Callout

Fuse Type

Micro 2

Micro 3

Maxi

Mini

M Case

J Case

J Case Low Profile

211

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Working with the Engine On

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING

Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.

To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and/or personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
1.

Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Block the wheels.

If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.

OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
1.

Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.

Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located under the left-hand
side of the instrument panel.

Precautions
•
•
•

•

Do not work on a hot engine.
Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.

E142457

2. Go to the front of your vehicle and
locate the secondary release lever
under the front of the hood, left of
center, and push it to your right-hand
side to release.

Working with the Engine Off
1.

Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.

212

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
3. Lift the hood and support it with the
prop rod.
4. To close the hood, remove the support
rod from the catch and secure
correctly.
5. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last 8 in
to 12 in (20 cm to 30 cm).
Note: Make sure the hood is fully closed.

E189028

213

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.0L ECOBOOST™

E141341

Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check
(page 222).

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 216).

Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page
222).

Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 223).

Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 201).

Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 235).

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 216).

Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 223).

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 218).

214

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L

E212129

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 218).

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 216).

Brake and clutch fluid reservoir. See Clutch Fluid Check (page 222).

Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 223).

Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 201).

Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 235).

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Check (page 216).

Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 223).

215

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
2. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature.
3. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
4. Switch the engine off and wait 15
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan. Checking the engine oil level too
soon after you switch the engine off
may result in an inaccurate reading.
5. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 212).
6. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. See Under
Hood Overview (page 214).
7. Replace the dipstick and remove it
again to check the oil level. See
Engine Oil Dipstick (page 216).
8. Make sure that the oil level is between
the maximum and minimum marks. If
the oil level is at the minimum mark,
add oil immediately. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 275).
9. If the oil level is correct, replace the
dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
Note: Do not remove the dipstick when the
engine is running.

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.0L
ECOBOOST™

E141337

Minimum.

Maximum.

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.0L

E191425

Minimum.

Maximum.

Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).

ENGINE OIL CHECK

Adding Engine Oil

WARNING

WARNINGS
Do not add engine oil when the
engine is hot. Hot engine oil can burn
you badly.

Do not work on a hot engine.

To check the engine oil level consistently
and accurately, do the following:
1.

Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.

Make sure the parking brake is on. Make
sure the transmission is in park (P) or
neutral (N).

216

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.

Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Note: Make sure you install the oil filler cap
correctly.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR
RESET (If Equipped)
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System
Only reset the oil life monitoring system
after changing the engine oil and oil filter.

E142732

Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC).

To top up the engine oil level do the
following:

4.
5.
6.

Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
Remove the engine oil filler cap. See
Under Hood Overview (page 214).
Turn it counterclockwise and remove
it.
Add engine oil that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 275). You may
have to use a funnel to pour the engine
oil into the opening.
Recheck the oil level.
If the oil level is correct, replace the
dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.

6.
7.
8.

Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine. For vehicles with push-button
start, press and hold the start button
for two seconds without pressing the
brake pedal. Do not start the engine.
Press the accelerator and brake pedals
at the same time.
Keep the accelerator and brake pedals
fully pressed.
After three seconds, a message
confirming that the reset is in progress
will be displayed.
After 25 seconds, a message
confirming that the reset is complete
will be displayed.
Release the accelerator and brake
pedals.
The message confirming that the reset
is complete will no longer be displayed.
Switch the ignition off. For vehicles with
push-button start, press the start
button to switch the ignition off.

217

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.

ENGINE COOLING FAN
WARNING
Keep your hands and clothing clear
of the engine cooling fan.
Under certain conditions, the engine
cooling fan may continue to run for several
minutes after you switch your vehicle off.

Adding Coolant
WARNING

ENGINE COOLANT CHECK

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.

WARNINGS
Do not add engine coolant when the
engine is hot. Steam and scalding
liquids released from a hot cooling
system can burn you badly. Also, spilling
coolant on hot engine parts can burn you.

Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use coolant or
windshield washer fluid outside of its
specified function and vehicle location.

Do not put engine coolant in the
windshield washer fluid container. If
sprayed on the windshield, engine
coolant could make it difficult to see
through the windshield.

Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.

To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when you loosen the cap
slightly.

It is very important to use prediluted
coolant approved to the correct
specification in order to avoid plugging the
small passageways in the engine cooling
system. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 275). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine
or cooling system components and may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at
the intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 409).

Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 275).
Using water that has not been deionised
may contribute to deposit formation,
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling
system passageways.

Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
218

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Note: In case of emergency, you can add a
large amount of water without coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Water alone, without coolant, can cause
engine damage from corrosion, overheating
or freezing. When you reach a service
location, you must have the cooling system
drained and refilled with prediluted coolant
approved to the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 275).

Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not be approved to Ford
specifications and may cause damage to
the cooling system. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1.
2.

3.
4.

Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.

Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
Add prediluted coolant approved to
the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
269).
Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.

Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.

Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.

If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.

Dispose of used engine coolant in an
appropriate manner. Follow your
community’s regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.

Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
coolant may change color from orange to
pink or light red. As long as the coolant is
clear and uncontaminated, this color change
does not indicate the coolant has degraded
nor does it require the coolant to be drained,
the system to be flushed, or the coolant to
be replaced.

219

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Severe Climates

A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.

If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Coolant concentrations
above 60% decrease the overheat
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.

If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.

If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• You can decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
• Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.

Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.

Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated

Coolant Change

WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during
emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long
as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest
in a safe location and seek immediate
repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your
vehicle will have limited power, will not be
able to maintain high-speed operation, and
may completely shut down without
warning, potentially losing engine power,
power steering assist, and power brake
assist, which may increase the possibility
of a crash resulting in serious injury.

At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant approved to the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 269).

Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.

How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the
coolant temperature gauge moves toward
the red zone:

220

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.

Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.

You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power.
In order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no need
to pull off the road. You can continue to
drive your vehicle.

Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1.

Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend
that you contact your roadside
assistance service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.

The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:

Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)

WARNING

To reduce the risk of crash and injury,
be prepared that the vehicle speed
may reduce and the vehicle may not
be able to accelerate with full power until
the coolant temperature reduces.

If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long
or steep grade in high ambient
temperatures.

Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P).
Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. After
several minutes, if the temperature
does not drop, follow the remaining
steps.
Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.

221

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK

WARNINGS
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal
operating range and there is no need
to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal
operating range could compromise the
performance of the system. Have your
vehicle checked immediately.

The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.
Have an authorized dealer check and
change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 409). Your
transmission does not consume fluid.
However, if the transmission slips, shifts
slowly or if you notice a sign of leaking
fluid, contact an authorized dealer.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.

BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.

E170684

To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir
cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.

Only use brake fluid from a sealed
container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.

Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications.

CLUTCH FLUID CHECK MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.

The clutch and brake systems share the
same fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid
Check (page 222).

222

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Your vehicle has a Motorcraft®
maintenance-free battery which normally
does not require additional water during
its life of service.

WASHER FLUID CHECK
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in
cold weather and improve the cleaning
capability. For information on fluid dilution,
refer to the product instructions.

Note: If your vehicle's battery has a cover
or shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the
battery has been cleaned or replaced.

Note: The reservoir supplies the front and
rear washer systems.

Note: See an authorized dealer for low
voltage battery access, testing, or
replacement.

CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY

When a low voltage battery replacement
is necessary, see an authorized dealer to
replace the low voltage battery with a Ford
recommended replacement low voltage
battery that matches the electrical
requirements of the vehicle.

WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal
injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.

To ensure proper operation of the battery
management system (BMS), do not allow
a technician to connect any electrical
device ground connection directly to the
low voltage battery negative post. A
connection at the low voltage battery
negative post can cause inaccurate
measurements of the battery condition
and potential incorrect system operation.

When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the end walls
could cause acid to flow through the
vent caps, resulting in personal injury and
damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the
battery with a battery carrier or with your
hands on opposite corners.

Note: If a person adds electrical or
electronic accessories or components to the
vehicle, the accessories or components may
adversely affect the low voltage battery
performance and durability and may also
affect the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.

Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.

For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry. Also,
make certain the battery cables are always
tightly fastened to the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or
terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and clean with a wire brush. You
can neutralize the acid with a solution of
baking soda and water.

Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after
handling.

223

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
9. Drive the vehicle at least 12 mi (20 km)
to completely relearn the idle and fuel
trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to
relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the
idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the engine computer
eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel
trim strategy.

When a battery replacement is required,
the battery should only be replaced with
a Ford recommended replacement battery
that matches the electrical requirements
of the vehicle.
Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically-controlled by a computer,
some engine control settings are
maintained by power from the low voltage
battery. Some engine computer settings,
like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy,
optimize the driveability and performance
of the engine. Some other computer
settings, like the clock and radio station
presets, are also maintained in memory by
power from the low voltage battery. When
a technician disconnects and connects the
low voltage battery, these settings are
erased. Complete the following procedure
in order to restore the settings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

7.
8.

Make sure that you dispose of old batteries
in an environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority about
recycling old batteries.

CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES

With the vehicle at a complete stop,
set the parking brake.
Shift into park (P).
Switch off all accessories.
Fully press the brake pedal and start
the vehicle.
Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature. While the
engine is warming up, complete the
following: Reset the clock. See Audio
System (page 282). Reset the power
windows bounce-back feature. See
Windows and Mirrors (page 81).
Reset the radio station presets. See
Audio System (page 282).
Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute. If the engine turns off, press
the accelerator pedal to start the
engine.
While the engine is running, press the
brake pedal and shift into neutral (N).
Allow the engine to run for at least one
minute by pressing on the accelerator
pedal.

E142463

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.

CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.

224

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Service Position

Note: You can also move the wiper arms
to the service position manually when the
ignition is off. Do not move the wiper arms
to the service position manually when the
ignition is on. The wiper arms lock when you
switch the ignition on.

Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
lifting the wiper arm.

E75184

Set the windshield wipers in the service
position to change the wiper blades. The
windshield wipers return to the starting
position when you switch the ignition on.

Note: You can use the service position in
winter to provide easier access to the wiper
blades for freeing them from snow and ice.
Make sure the windshield is free from snow
and ice before you switch the ignition on.
1.

E129990

Switch the ignition on.

Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.

A
E129986

CHANGING THE REAR WIPER
BLADES

2. Switch the ignition off and press and
hold the wiper lever in position A within
three seconds.
3. Release the wiper lever when the
windshield wipers reach the service
position.

Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
lifting the wiper arm.

225

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Headlamp Aiming Target

Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
1.

Lift the wiper arm.

E142592

E130060

2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Disengage the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
5. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.

8 ft (2.4 m)

Ground to the center of the
headlamp low beam bulb

25 ft (7.6 m)

Horizontal reference line

Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1.

Park your vehicle on level ground
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) from a wall
or screen.
2. Measure the distance from the ground
to the center of the headlamp low
beam bulb and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m)
long horizontal reference line on the
wall or screen at this height.

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
If your vehicle has been involved in a crash,
have the aim of the headlamp beam
checked by an authorized dealer.

226

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance

E199411

Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center of the
bulb.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern while
adjusting one headlamp, you may want to
block the light from the other headlamp.

E164485

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each
headlamp. Use a suitable tool, for
example a screwdriver or hexagonal
socket, to turn the adjuster clockwise
or counterclockwise to adjust the
vertical aim of the headlamp. The
horizontal edge of the brighter light
should touch the horizontal reference
line.
6. Close the hood and switch off the
lamps.

3. Switch on the low beam headlamps
and open the hood.

Horizontal Aim Adjustment
The horizontal aim of the headlamp beam
on your vehicle is not adjustable.

E142465

4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the beam pattern.
If the top edge of the flat zone of high
intensity light is not on the horizontal
reference line, adjust the aim of the
headlamp beam.

REMOVING A HEADLAMP
1.

Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 212).

227

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
CHANGING A BULB
WARNING

Handle a halogen headlamp bulb
carefully and keep out of children’s
reach. Grasp the bulb by only its
plastic base and do not touch the glass.
The oil from your hand could cause the
bulb to break the next time the headlamps
are operated.

Note: If you accidently touch the bulb, you
should clean it with rubbing alcohol.

Headlamp

E133215

2. Remove the screws.
3. Pull the headlamp as far as possible
towards the front of the vehicle to
disengage it from the lower fixing point.
4. Lift the outer side of the headlamp and
remove it.

E184152

Side marker bulb.

Low beam headlamp bulb.

High beam headlamp bulb.

Direction indicator bulb.
Cornering lamp bulb.

Headlamp Low Beam
1.

Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 227).

E133750

5. Disconnect the electrical connector.
228

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
2

Cornering Lamp (If Equipped)

Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 227).

2
E133106

2. Carefully remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

Headlamp High Beam
1.

Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 227).

4
3
E221808

2. Carefully remove the cover.
3. Depress the clip to remove the bulb
holder.
4. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it
straight out.
5. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.

E133105

2. Carefully remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

Front Direction Indicator

HID Headlamps

If your vehicle has high-intensity discharge
headlamps, these lamps operate at a high
voltage. Contact an authorized dealer.

Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 227).

229

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
2. Carefully remove the cover.
3. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it
straight out.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.

Front Fog Lamp

E184153

2. Carefully remove the cover.
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
4. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
counterclockwise to remove it.

2
E184157

2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.

Side Marker Bulb
1.

Remove fog lamp grille from the front
fascia then unscrew the fog lamp.

Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 227).

E184156

230

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Rear Lamps - 4 Door

2
A

E133714

A.
B.

Direction indicator and rear lamp
bulb.

E133703

2. Remove the wing nuts and detach the
clip.
3. Remove the lamp.

Brake lamp bulb.

Brake Lamp, Rear Lamp and Direction
Indicator

E133713

4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
6. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
counterclockwise to remove it.

E133702

Carefully remove the cover.

231

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Rear Lamps - 5 Door

Brake Lamp, Rear Lamp and Direction
Indicator

E133111

Carefully remove the cover.

E184159

Brake and rear lamp bulb.

Side marker lamp bulb.

Direction indicator bulb.

Reverse lamp bulb.

E133112

2. Remove the wing nuts and detach the
clip.
3. Remove the lamp.

232

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
LED Rear Lamps (If Equipped)
These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an
authorized dealer.

Replacing Licence Plate and High
Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs
These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an
authorized dealer.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for
North America to ensure lamp
performance, light brightness and pattern
and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will
not damage the lamp assembly or void the
lamp assembly warranty and will provide
quality bulb burn time.

E184158

4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
6. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
Function

Trade number

Headlamps high beam (Halogen)

H1LL

* Headlamps high beam (HID)

D3S

Headlamp low beam (Halogen)

H11LL

* Headlamp low beam (HID)

D3S

Daytime running lamps

H1LL

* Daytime running lamps (High series)

LED

Park lamp - front

193

* Park lamp - front (High series)

LED

Direction indicator - front

WY21W

Direction indicator - front (High series)

PY21W

Fog lamps

Sidemarker - front

WY5W

233

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
Function

Trade number

Direction indicator - rear (4-door)

P27/7W

Direction indicator - rear (5-door)

3757 NAK

Rear and brake lamps

P27/7W

Rear lamps (4-door)

194

* Rear lamp (5-door high series)

LED

Sidemarker - rear (5-door)

194

* Sidemarker - rear (High series)

LED

Backup lamp

921

* License plate lamp

LED

* High-mount brake lamp

LED

* Interior lamps

LED

* To replace these lamps, contact an authorized dealer.
To replace all instrument panel lights, contact an authorized dealer.

234

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
2. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
3. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air
cleaner assembly to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and to make sure you
have a good seal.

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed. Do not remove the air cleaner
while the engine is running.
When changing the air filter element, use
only the air filter element listed in the
Motorcraft Parts table. See Motorcraft
Parts (page 272).
For EcoBoost equipped vehicles: When
servicing the air cleaner, it is important that
no foreign material enter the air induction
system. The engine and turbocharger are
susceptible to damage from even small
particles.
Change the air filter element at the proper
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 409).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. The customer warranty may be
void for any damage to the engine if the
correct air filter element is not used.

E170433

4. Install the new air filter element. Slide
the open end of the air filter element
in first, below the tab. Then push the
closed end of the air filter into the
bottom of the tray. The closed end
should fit inside the groove in the tray.
The tab of the closed end of the air
filter should be oriented down and fit
between the forks on the tray as shown
at the arrow above.
Note: Make sure you align the tab in the air
filter element with the fork in the air cleaner
assembly tray.

E171370

Loosen the four fasteners and remove
the air cleaner assembly lid.

235

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Maintenance
5. Install the air cleaner assembly lid and
tighten the four fasteners.

DRIVE BELT ROUTING - 1.0L
ECOBOOST™

E163197

DRIVE BELT ROUTING - 2.0L

E189146

236

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION

CLEANING PRODUCTS

Your dealer has many quality products
available to clean your vehicle and protect
its finishes.

For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:

Materials
Name
Specification
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover / Dissolvant de goudron et
éliminateur d’insectes (Canada)
ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner (U.S.)
Custom Bright Metal Cleaner / Nettoyant pour métal brillant (Canada)
ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Detail Wash (U.S.)
ESR-M14P4-A
Detail Wash / Shampooing superfin (Canada)
ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser
Engine Shampoo and Degreaser
ZC-20 (U.S.)
Engine Shampoo
Engine Shampoo / Shampooing pour moteur (Canada)
CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Leather and Vinyl Cleaner (U.S.)
Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner / Nettoyant pour cuir et vinyle de
haute qualité (Canada)
ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Multi-Purpose Cleaner
Multi-Purpose Cleaner / Nettoyant multi-usage (Canada)
CXC-101 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant
WSS-M14P19-A
(U.S.)
Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute
qualité (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
Professional Strength Carpet and Upholstery Cleaner (U.S.)
Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner / Nettoyant
professionnel pour sellerie et moquette (Canada)
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover
Spot and Stain Remover
ZC-14 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-A

237

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
Name
Specification
Premium Glass Cleaner / Nettoie-vitres de qualité supérieure (Canada)
ZC-23 (U.S.)
CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner (U.S.)
Wheel and Tire Cleaner / Nettoyant pour roues et pneus (Canada)
ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)

Exterior Chrome Parts

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

•

Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft
Detail Wash.
•

•

Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
Never wash your vehicle when it is hot
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft Bug and
Tar Remover.
Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a
car wash.

•

Apply a high quality-cleaning product
to bumpers and other chrome parts.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
We recommend Motorcraft Custom
Bright Metal Cleaner.
Do not apply the cleaning product to
hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning
product on chrome surfaces longer
than the time recommended.
Using other non-recommended
cleaners can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.

Note: Never use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads as they
can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.

Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)

Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.

Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
•
•

Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
Do not use water hotter than 179°F
(82°C).

238

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
•
•

Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
angle pattern.
Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your
vehicle's surface.

•

Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.

Underbody
•
•

Flush the complete underside of your
vehicle frequently. Keep body and door
drain holes free of debris or foreign
material.

Under Hood

CLEANING THE ENGINE

For removing black rubber marks from
under the hood we recommend Motorcraft
Wheel and Tire Cleaner or Motorcraft Bug
and Tar Remover.

Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.

WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
•
•
•

Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side moldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
Do not apply wax to glass areas.
After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.

Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.

239

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
•

•

Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNINGS
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach
or dye on the vehicle’s safety belts,
as these actions may weaken the
belt webbing.
On vehicles equipped with
seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong
detergents. Such products could
contaminate the side airbag system and
affect performance of the side airbag in a
collision.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts
and seats equipped with side airbags:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with
Motorcraft Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.

To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.

•

If grease or tar is present on the
material, spot-clean the area first with
Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose
Cleaner.
If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately (but do not oversaturate)
or the ring will set.
Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect
the flame retardant abilities of the seat
materials.

240

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
1.

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS

WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or
strong detergents when cleaning the
steering wheel or instrument panel
to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.

Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats
(page 241).

Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.

•

Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.

Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)

Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:

241

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty
cleaners in combination with brush agitation
to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear
away the clear coat finish over a period time.

You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.

Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergents.

Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.

Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:
•

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
color code is printed on a sticker on the
front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your
color code to your authorized dealer to
make sure you get the correct color.

•

Before repairing minor paint damage, use
a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar
Remover to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.

•

Clean the wheels weekly using
Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner.
Apply using manufacturer's
instructions.
Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream
of water when you have completed the
cleaning process.
To remove tar and grease, use
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

VEHICLE STORAGE

Always read the instructions before using
cleaning products.

If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.

CLEANING THE WHEELS (If
Equipped)

We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.

Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.

242

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
General
•
•
•

•

Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
Protect from sunlight, if possible.
If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.

•

Fuel system
•

Body
•

•
•
•

•

•
•

Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.

•

Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system
•
•

Protect against freezing temperatures.
When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.

Battery
•
•

Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.

Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if battery cables are disconnected.

Engine
•

With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.

Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.

Brakes
•

Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.

Tires
•

Maintain recommended air pressure.

243

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Vehicle Care
Miscellaneous
•

•

BODY STYLING KITS

Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.

The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
care to avoid damage to your vehicle.

Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.

244

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading

TIRE CARE
Important Information for
235/40R18 Low-Profile Tires
and Wheels
If your vehicle is equipped with
235/40R18 tires, they are
low-profile tires. These tires and
wheels are designed to give your
vehicle a sport appearance. With
low-profile tires, you may notice
an increase in road noise and
faster tire wear, depending on
road conditions and driving styles.
Due to their design, low-profile
tires and wheels are more prone
to road damage from potholes,
rough or unpaved roads, car wash
rails and curb contact than
standard tires and wheels.
Note: Your vehicle’s warranty does
not cover these types of damage.
Tires should always be kept at the
correct inflation pressures and
extra caution should be taken when
operating on rough roads to avoid
impacts that could cause wheel
and tire damage.

E142542

Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The tire Quality Grades can be
found where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 ©)(2).

245

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
U.S. Department of
Transportation-Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.

The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the

Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.

246

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mi (1.6 km).
Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position) or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
Bead area of the tire: Area of the
tire next to the rim.
Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
Tire label: A label showing the
OE (Original Equipment) tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at 35 psi
(2.41 bar)[36 psi (2.5 bar) for
Metric tires]. Increasing the
inflation pressure beyond this
pressure will not increase the tire’s
load carrying capability.
Extra load: A class of P-metric or
Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
247

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter, this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.

Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both U.S. and Canada Federal
regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires

C D
B

G
H

E142543

P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
248

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
may operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Letter
rating

Speed rating

81 mph (130 km/h)

87 mph (140 km/h)

99 mph (159 km/h)

106 mph (171 km/h)

112 mph (180 km/h)

118 mph (190 km/h)

124 mph (200 km/h)

130 mph (210 km/h)

149 mph (240 km/h)

Letter
rating

Speed rating

168 mph (270 km/h)

Y
186 mph (299 km/h)
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.

249

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. Refer to the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.

*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer's recommended
cold inflation pressure, which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.

250

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual,
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single, defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.

The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load,
radial tubeless, etc.
Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires

Information on T Type Tires

D
E142544

T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below:
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle may be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.

LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below.
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.
251

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
R: Indicates a radial type tire.

B
A

E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.

D
E

Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the B-Pillar
or the edge of the driver door.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.

E142545

A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars,
sport-utility vehicles, minivans and
light trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.

252

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver door. Failure to follow
the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure, which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.

WARNING
Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire
cracking, tread separation or
blowout, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns.
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
253

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 10°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of
1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mile
[1.6 kilometers], never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are
hot from driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press the
tire gauge onto the valve and
measure the pressure.

3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at
a higher inflation pressure than the
other tires. For T-type mini-spare
tires, refer to the Dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly
information for a description. Store
and maintain at 60 psi (4.15 bar).
For full-size and dissimilar spare
tires, refer to the Dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly
information for a description. Store
and maintain at the higher of the
front and rear inflation pressure as
shown on the Tire Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and
cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts or
bulges.

254

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems

Tire Wear

Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:

E142546

When the tread is worn down to
1/16th of an inch (2 mm), tires
must be replaced to help prevent
your vehicle from skidding and
hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear
indicators, or wear bars, which
look like narrow strips of smooth
rubber across the tread will
appear on the tire when the tread
is worn down to 1/16th of an inch
(2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed

255

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a United States DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.

or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNING
Tires degrade over time
depending on many factors
such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(such as load, speed, inflation
pressure, etc.) the tires experience
throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years regardless
of tread wear. However, heat
caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process
and may require tires to be
replaced more frequently.

Tire Replacement
Requirements

You should replace your spare tire
when you replace the road tires or
after six years due to aging even if
it has not been used.

Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number

WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires
and wheels that are the same
size, load index, speed rating and
type (such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size

Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and

256

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
may be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge
of the driver’s door. If this
information is not found on these
labels, then you should contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could result
in an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
Additionally the use of
non-recommended tires and
wheels could cause steering,
suspension, axle, transfer case or
power transfer unit failure. If you
have questions regarding tire
replacement, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
When mounting replacement
tires and wheels, you should
not exceed the maximum pressure
indicated on the sidewall of the
tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed
below. If the beads do not seat at
the maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.

WARNINGS
When inflating the tire for
mounting pressures up to 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire
sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
1. Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
2. Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear
protection.
For a mounting pressure more
than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than
the maximum pressure, a Ford
dealer or other tire service
professional should do the
mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass tires
with a remote air fill with the
person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away
from the wheel and tire assembly.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.

257

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Avoid fast starts, stops and turns.
Avoid potholes and objects on the
road.
Do not run over curbs or hit the tire
against a curb when parking.

It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, your
tire pressure monitoring system is
malfunctioning. Your replacement
tire might be incompatible with
your TPMS, or some component
of the TPMS may be damaged.

Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there is always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and
replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a
cause, have the vehicle towed to
the nearest repair facility or tire
dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.

Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., do not
rapidly spin the tires. Spinning the
tires can tear the tire and cause
an explosion. A tire can explode in
as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at
over 30 mph (56 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a
passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
Observe posted speed limits.

258

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Tire and Wheel Alignment

Tire Rotation

A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) may require alignment
of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.

WARNING
If the tire label shows
different tire pressures for the
front and rear tires and the vehicle
is equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system, then the
settings for the system sensors
need to be updated. Always
perform the system reset
procedure after tire rotation. If the
system is not reset, it may not
provide a low tire pressure
warning when necessary. See Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(page 261).
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle may be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
259

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the Scheduled
Maintenance chapter) will help
your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life.
Front-wheel drive vehicles (front
tires on the left side of the
diagram).

The tires on your vehicle have all-weather
treads to provide traction in rain and snow.
However, in some climates, you may need
to use snow tires or snow chains.
If you choose to install snow tires on your
vehicle, they must be the same size,
construction, and load range as the original
tires listed on the tire inflation pressure
label (located on the edge of the driver
door or the B-Pillar) and they must be
installed on all four wheels. Mixing tires of
different size or construction on your
vehicle can adversely affect your vehicle’s
handling and braking, and may lead to loss
of vehicle control.
If you use snow chains, we recommend
that steel wheels of the same size and
specifications are used. Snow chains may
damage aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
chains:
• Avoid fully loading your vehicle.
• Only use small link snow chains of
approximately 10mm with 215/55R16
tires only.
• Only use small link snow chains of
approximately 15mm with 195/65R15
tires only.
• Only use snow chains on the tire sizes
listed above.
• Snow chains must be mounted in pairs
on the front axle.
• Install snow chains securely, make sure
they do not touch any wiring, brake
lines or fuel lines.
• Do not exceed 30 mph (48 km/h) or
the maximum speed recommended by
the chain manufacturer, whichever is
less.
• Remove the cables when they are no
longer needed.
• Do not use snow chains on dry roads.

E142547

Sometimes irregular tire wear can
be corrected by rotating the tires.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING
Snow tires must be the same size,
load index, speed rating as those
originally provided by Ford. Use of
any tire or wheel not recommended by
Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels could
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.

260

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure recommended by
the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)

When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful
interference.
• This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

261

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System

Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your four road tires
and sends the tire pressure readings to
your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning
light will turn on if the tire pressure is
significantly low. Once the light is
illuminated, your tires are under-inflated
and need to be inflated to the
manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.

E142549

Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor

When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed

You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.

To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.

When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.

Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.

When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:

262

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Low tire pressure
warning light

Possible cause

Customer action required

Solid warning light

Tire(s) under-inflated

Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.

Spare tire in use

Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.

TPMS malfunction

If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Spare tire in use

TPMS malfunction

If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Flashing warning
light

It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure

When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.

263

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure

Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light will illuminate when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on this vehicle.

The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure may
decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of
30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This
lower pressure value may be detected by
the tire pressure monitoring system as
being significantly lower than the
recommended inflation pressure and
activate the system warning light for low
tire pressure. If the low tire pressure
warning light is on, visually check each tire
to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more
tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check
the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire
is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle
to the nearest location where air can be
added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.

If you get a flat tire while driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
system sensors See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 261). Replace
the spare tire with a road tire as soon as
possible. During repairing or replacing of
the flat tire, have the authorized dealer
inspect the system sensor for damage.

Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL

If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and
tire, then it is intended for temporary use
only. This means that if you need to use it,
you should replace it as soon as possible
with a road wheel and tire assembly that
is the same size and type as the road tires
and wheels that were originally provided
by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel
is damaged, it should be replaced rather
than repaired.

WARNINGS
The use of tire sealant may damage
your tire pressure monitoring system
and should only be used in roadside
emergencies. If you must use a sealant, the
Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be
used. The tire pressure monitoring system
sensor and valve stem on the wheel must
be replaced by an authorized dealer after
use of the sealant.

A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels
and can be one of three types:

If the tire pressure monitor sensor
becomes damaged, it will no longer
function. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 261).

264

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire
begins with the letter T for tire size and
may have Temporary Use Only molded in
the sidewall.

•
•

2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label
on wheel: This spare tire has a label on
the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND
TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE
ONLY

Use commercial car washing
equipment.
Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.

The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.

When driving with one of the dissimilar
spare tires listed above, do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
• Tow a trailer.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
• Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
• Use commercial car washing
equipment.
• Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.

When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a
camper body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the
cargo rack.

Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires
listed above at any one wheel location can
lead to impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.

Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
and seek service as soon as possible.

Tire Change Procedure
WARNINGS
When one of the front wheels is off
the ground, the transmission alone
will not prevent the vehicle from
moving or slipping off the jack, even if the
transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N).

3. Full-size dissimilar spare without
label on wheel

To help prevent the vehicle from
moving when you change a tire, be
sure to place the transmission in park
(P), set the parking brake and block (in
both directions) the wheel that is
diagonally opposite (other side and end of
the vehicle) to the tire being changed.

When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.

265

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Never get underneath a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you or
someone else could be seriously injured.
Do not attempt to change a tire on
the side of the vehicle close to
moving traffic. Pull far enough off the
road to avoid the danger of being hit when
operating the jack or changing the wheel.
Always use the jack provided as
original equipment with your vehicle.
If using a jack other than the one
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight, including
any vehicle cargo or modifications.

E142551

8. Block the diagonally opposite wheel.
9. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise, but do not
remove them until the wheel is raised
off the ground.
10. The vehicle jacking points are shown
here, and are depicted on the warning
label on the jack. Note: Jack at the
specified locations to avoid damage
to the vehicle.

Note: Passengers should not remain in the
vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

Park on a level surface, set the parking
brake and activate the hazard flashers.
Place the transmission in park (P)
(automatic transmission) or neutral
(N) (manual transmission) and turn
the engine off.
Remove the carpeted wheel cover.
Remove the spare tire bolt securing the
spare tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Remove the spare tire from the spare
tire compartment
Remove the retaining bolt securing the
jack by turning it counterclockwise.
Remove the jack.

E145908

11.

Indentations in the sills show the
location of the jacking points.

266

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires
Stowing the Flat Tire
The full-size road wheel can be stowed in
the spare tire compartment.
1.

Lift the carpeted wheel cover at an
angle to access the spare tire
compartment.
2. Place the wheel in the spare tire well
with the valve stem facing down. Use
the mini-spare bolt to secure the
wheel.
3. Place the jack and tools back into the
spare tire compartment.
4. Replace the carpeted wheel cover.

E142553

12.
13.

14.

Remove the lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
Replace the flat tire with the spare
tire, making sure the valve stem is
facing outward. Reinstall the lug nuts
until the wheel is snug against the
hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts
until the wheel has been lowered.
Lower the wheel by turning the jack
handle counterclockwise.

DRIVING AT HIGH SPEED
Tire pressure - Speeds greater than 100
mph (160 km/h)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of potential tire
failure that could lead to serious
injury or death, increase the front and
rear tire placard pressures by the amount
shown on the warning label, located on
either the driver side B-pillar or door, when
driving over 100 mph (160 km/h). Only
travel at speeds over 100 mph (160 km/h)
where it is legal and conditions allow. The
tire placard pressure can be found on the
tire placard located on either the driver side
B-pillar or door of your vehicle.

1
4

Warning: Failure to follow these
instructions can result in a loss
E176077
of vehicle stability due to tire
failure that could lead to serious injury or
death. If you are not sure about the proper
tire inflation pressures, contact an
authorized dealer or service center.

E75442

15.

Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See Lug
Nuts (page 268).

267

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Bolt size

Wheel lug nut
torque*

M12 x 1.5

100 lb.ft (135 Nm)

*Torque specifications are for nut and bolt
threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.

E184089

Your tires may require additional inflation
pressure for operation at speeds greater
than 100 mph (160 km/h). If this label is
present on your vehicle, you must adjust
the tire pressure accordingly.

LUG NUTS
E145950

WARNING
A

When a wheel is installed, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the
wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that
contacts the wheel. Make sure that any
fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub
are secured so they do not interfere with
the mounting surfaces of the wheel.
Installing wheels without correct
metal-to-metal contact at the wheel
mounting surfaces can cause the wheel
nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off
while the vehicle is in motion, resulting in
loss of control.

Wheel pilot bore

Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting
surface prior to installation. Remove any
visible corrosion or loose particles.

Retighten the lug nuts to the specified
torque within 100 mi (160 km) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation,
changing a flat tire, wheel removal).

268

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 1.0L ECOBOOST™
Engine

1.0L EcoBoost

Cubic inches

Required fuel

Minimum 87 octane

Firing order

1-2-3

Ignition system

Coil on plug

Spark plug gap

0.026 – 0.030 in. (0.65 – 0.75 mm)

Compression ratio

10.0:1

269

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L
Engine

2.0L GDI

Cubic inches

121

Required fuel

Minimum 87 octane or E85

Firing order

1-3-4-2

Ignition system

Coil on plug

Spark plug gap

.034 - .036 in. (.85 - .95 mm)

Compression ratio

12.0:1

270

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 1.0L ECOBOOST™
Component

Part Number

Air filter element

FA-1908

Oil filter

FL-910-S

Battery

BAGM-48H6-760

Spark plugs

SP-538A

Cabin air filter

FP-70

Windshield wiper blade

WW-2802 (driver side)
WW-2803 (passenger side)

Rear window wiper blade

WW-1295

We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at
fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor
Company’s specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may
impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any
damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the
appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 409).

271

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 2.0L
Component

Part Number

Air filter element

FA-1908

Oil filter

FL-910-S

Battery - vehicles with manual
transmissions

BXT-96R-500

Battery - vehicles with automatic BXT-96R-590
transmissions
Spark plugs

SP-535

Cabin air filter

FP-70

Windshield wiper blade

WW-2802 (driver side)
WW-2803 (passenger side)

Rear window wiper blade

WW-1295

272

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel.

E142477

E142476

Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.

World manufacturer identifier

Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations

Make, vehicle line, series, body
type

Engine type

Check digit

Model year

Assembly plant

Production sequence number

The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:

273

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL

TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION

E167469
E167814

The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.

The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.

Description

Six-speed automatic transmission.
Six-speed automatic transmission.

Type

Code

DPS6

6F15

Five-speed manual transmission.

MTX75

Six-speed manual transmission.

MMT6

274

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 1.0L
ECOBOOST™

WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant
system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
cause personal injury.

Capacities
Item

Capacity

Engine oil fill capacity including the oil filter.

1.2 gal (4.6 L)

Engine oil fill capacity excluding the oil filter.

1.2 gal (4.4 L)

Engine coolant fill capacity.

2.2 gal (8.5 L)

Manual transmission fluid fill capacity.

0.4 gal (1.67 L)

Automatic transmission fluid fill capacity.

2.3 gal (8.6 L)

Fuel tank fill capacity.

12.4 gal (47 L)

Washer system fill capacity.

0.7 gal (2.5 L)

Air conditioning refrigerant fill capacity.

20.8 oz (0.59 kg)

Air conditioning refrigerant compressor oil fill capacity.

7.0 fl oz (207 ml)

Specifications

Adding Engine Oil

We recommend that you use Motorcraft
oil and fluids for your vehicle. Only use
fluid that meets Ford specifications.

Quantity

0.7 qt (0.7 L)

Note: Use of other fluids may lead to
damage which is not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.

The quantity of engine oil required to raise
the indicated level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum.

Materials
Name
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant (U.S.)
Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de
refroidissement prédilué orange (Canada)
VC-3DIL-B (U.S.)
CVC-3DIL-B (Canada)

275

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Specification
WSS-M2C948-B
WSS-M97B44-D2

Capacities and Specifications
Name
Specification
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake
WSS-M6C65-A2
Fluid (U.S.)
DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide
de frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV (Canada)
PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid (U.S.)
WSS-M2C200-D2
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîtes embrayage
double (Canada)
XT-11-QDC (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid (U.S.)
MERCON® LV
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Liquide WSS-M2C938-A
pour boîte de vitesses automatique (Canada)
XT-10-QLVC (U.S.)
CXT-10-LV12 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
WSS-M14P19-A
Bitterant (U.S.)
Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace
de haute qualité (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
R-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.)
WSS-M17B21-A
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf (Canada)
YN-33-A (U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil (U.S.)
WSS-M2C300-A2
R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf
(Canada)
YN-35 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (U.S.)
ESB-M1C93-B
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse multiusage
(Canada)
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)
Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant (Canada)
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
Motor oils of the recommended viscosity
MERCON® LV transmission fluid should
grade that meet API SN requirements and
only use MERCON® LV transmission fluid.
display the API Certification Mark for
gasoline engines are also acceptable. Do
not use oil labeled with API SN service
category unless the label also displays the
API certification mark.

276

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Using oil and fluids that do not meet the
defined specification and viscosity grade
may lead to:
• Component damage which may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Degraded brake performance.
E142732

Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
the International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC).

Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates

If you are unable to find an engine oil that
meets the specifications defined by
WSS-M2C948-B, it is acceptable to use a
SAE 5W-20 engine oil that meets API SN
requirements and displays the API
Certification Mark for gasoline engines.

To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.

Note: Do not use more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
the alternative engine oil between
scheduled service intervals.

Materials
Name
Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-20
XO-0W20-QSP (U.S.)

277

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Specification
WSS-M2C947-A

Capacities and Specifications

E240522

CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant
system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
cause personal injury.

Capacities
Item

Capacity

Engine oil fill capacity including the oil filter.

1.1 gal (4.3 L)

Engine oil fill capacity excluding the oil filter.

1.0 gal (3.9 L)

Engine coolant fill capacity.

2.2 gal (8.5 L)

Manual transmission fluid fill capacity.

0.4 gal (1.67 L)

Automatic transmission fluid fill capacity.

0.4 gal (1.7 L)

Fuel tank fill capacity.

12.4 gal (47 L)

278

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Item

Capacity

Washer system fill capacity.

0.7 gal (2.5 L)

Air conditioning refrigerant fill capacity.

20.8 oz (0.59 kg)

Air conditioning refrigerant compressor oil fill capacity.

7.0 fl oz (207 ml)

Specifications

Adding Engine Oil

We recommend that you use Motorcraft
oil and fluids for your vehicle. Only use
fluid that meets Ford specifications.

Quantity

0.7 qt (0.7 L)

Note: Use of other fluids may lead to
damage which is not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.

The quantity of engine oil required to raise
the indicated level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum.

Materials
Name
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-30
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant (U.S.)
Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de
refroidissement prédilué orange (Canada)
VC-3DIL-B (U.S.)
CVC-3DIL-B (Canada)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake
Fluid (U.S.)
DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide
de frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV (Canada)
PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid (U.S.)
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîtes embrayage
double (Canada)
XT-11-QDC (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant (U.S.)
Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace
de haute qualité (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
R-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf (Canada)
YN-33-A (U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil (U.S.)
279

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Specification
WSS-M2C948-B
WSS-M2C913-C
WSS-M97B44-D2

WSS-M6C65-A2

WSS-M2C200-D2

WSS-M14P19-A

WSS-M17B21-A

WSS-M2C300-A2

Capacities and Specifications
Name
Specification
R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf
(Canada)
YN-35 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (U.S.)
ESB-M1C93-B
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse multiusage
(Canada)
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)
Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant (Canada)
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
If you are unable to find an engine oil that
Motor oils of the recommended viscosity
meets the specifications defined by
grade that meet API SN requirements and
WSS-M2C948-B or WSS-M2C913-C, it is
display the API Certification Mark for
acceptable to use a SAE 5W-20 or SAE
gasoline engines are also acceptable. Do
5W-30 engine oil that meets API SN
not use oil labeled with API SN service
requirements and displays the API
category unless the label also displays the
Certification Mark for gasoline engines.
API certification mark.
Note: Do not use more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
the alternative engine oil between
scheduled service intervals.

Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON® LV transmission fluid should
only use MERCON® LV transmission fluid.

Using oil and fluids that do not meet the
defined specification and viscosity grade
may lead to:
• Component damage which may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Degraded brake performance.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

E142732

An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
the International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC).

280

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates

we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.

To improve engine cold start performance,

Materials
Name
Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-20
XO-0W20-QSP (U.S.)
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30

Specification
WSS-M2C947-A

WSS-M2C953-A1

E240522

Materials
Name
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30

Specification
WSS-M2C953-A1

E240523

281

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
AM and FM frequencies are established by
the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) and the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC).
Those frequencies are:
• AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
• FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz

GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors

Radio Reception Factors

Distance and strength

The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.

CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.7 in (12 cm) audio compact discs only. Due
to technical incompatibility, certain
recordable and re-recordable compact discs
may not function correctly when used in
Ford CD players.

MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
and folder structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
• MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
disc. The player numbers each MP3
and WMA track on the disc (noted by
the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on
the structure of the CD and exact
model of radio present.

Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
282

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
•

•

MP3 and WMA folder mode represents
a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA
discs, it is important to understand how
the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present (files
with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA
extension are played; other files are
ignored by the system. This enables you to
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle
system.

Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.

In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.

283

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System

E184901

VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn the control to
adjust the volume.

Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).

CD slot: Insert a CD.

Eject: Press to eject a CD.

Number block: In radio mode, you can store your favorite radio stations. To
store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button
until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone
number.

284

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
F

TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, turn to search the frequency band
in individual increments. Press to mute the station. In media mode, turn to select
a new track. Press to either play or pause a track. This button also mutes the
radio sources.

PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your
SYNC information.

MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure
later in this chapter.

CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.

Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press
this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the next available station.
In CD mode, press to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move
quickly forward through the current track.

OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll
through the menu choices.

Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this
button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the previous available station.
In CD mode, press to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to
move quickly backward through the current track.

SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.

RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to
select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active
radio band.

285

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features. See your MyFord
Touch information.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SONY AUDIO SYSTEM
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

E184903

Power: Press to switch the system on and off.

CD slot: Insert a CD.

286

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
C

TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency
band. In SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio
station.

Eject: Press to eject a CD.

SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.

Volume: Turn to adjust the volume.

SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM and CD.

Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If a specific category is selected (such as jazz, rock or news), press to
find the next or previous in the selected category. In CD mode, press to select
the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly forward through the
current track.

Menu Structure

Press the up and down arrow buttons to
scroll through the options.

Note: Depending on your system, some
options may appear slightly different.

Press the right arrow to enter a menu.
Press the left arrow to exit a menu.

Press MENU.

Press OK to confirm a selection.
Radio

Manual tune

Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the
frequency band.

Scan

Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.

AST

Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AMAST and FM-AST frequency bands.

Set PTY Category

Select to have the system search by certain music
categories (such as Rock, Pop or Country).

RBDS/RDS

Select to view additional broadcast data (radio text), if
available. This feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on
for you to set a category, or display radio text and station
names.

287

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System

SIRIUS

Scan

Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.

Show ESN

Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number
(ESN). You need this number when communicating with
Sirius to activate, modify or track your account.

Channel Guide

Select to view available satellite radio channels. Press OK
to open a list of the following options for this channel:
Tune Channel, Skip Channel or Lock Channel. Once you
skip or lock a channel, you can only access it by pressing
Direct and entering the channel number. Locking or
unlocking a channel requires your PIN.

Set Sirius Category

Select to view channel categories (such as Pop, Rock or
News). If you select a category, seek and scan functions
only stop on channels in that category.

Alerts

Select to switch on or off alerts for songs, artists or teams.
The system alerts you when the selection is playing on
another channel. Save up to 20 alerts.

Unlock All Stations

Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations.

Skip No Stations

Use to restore any channels you previously skipped.

Parental Lock (PIN)

Select to create a PIN, which allows you to lock or unlock
channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.

Audio Settings

Speed Compensated
Volume

Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for
speed and wind noise. You can set the system between
0 and +7.

Sound

Select to adjust settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade
or Balance.

Occupancy Mode

Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating
position.

DSP

Choose between the stereo modes.

288

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System

CD Settings

Scan All

Select to scan all disc selections.

Scan Folder

Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder.

CD Compression

Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more
consistent listening level.

Clock Settings

Set Time

Select to set the time.

Set Date

Select to set the calendar date.

24h Mode

Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour
mode.

Display Settings

Dimming

Select to change display brightness.

Language

Select to display the language in English, French or
Spanish.

Temp. Setting

Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit
or Celsius.

289

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SATELLITE RADIO

Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.

WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

290

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System

E184902

VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn the control to
adjust the volume.

Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).

CD slot: Insert a CD.

Eject: Press to eject a CD.

Number block: In radio mode, store and recall your favorite radio stations. To
store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button
until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone
number.

291

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
F

TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, turn to search the frequency band
in individual increments or jump to the next station of the station list. Press to
mute the station. In media mode, turn to select a new track. Press to either play
or pause a track. This button also mutes the radio sources.

CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.

PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your
SYNC information.

MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure
later in this section.

OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll
through the menu choices.

SIRIUS: Press to listen to Sirius satellite radio.

RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to
select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active
radio band.

MEDIA: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple
times to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media
sources using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality

DIGITAL RADIO
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.

292

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
• Scan allows you to hear a brief
sampling of all available stations. This
feature still works when HD Radio
reception is on, although it does not
scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may
see the HD logo appear if the station
has a digital broadcast.
• Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.

When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the HD Radio logo on your
screen. When this logo is available, you
may also see Title and Artist fields
on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.

Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access the saved station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues

Reception area

If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.

Station blending

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.

293

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio

technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.

Potential station issues
Issues

Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.

Cause

Action

This is poor time alignment No action required. This is a
by the radio broadcaster.
broadcast issue.

Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The
and out.
analog and digital audio.
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.

There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
Direct Tune.

The digital multicast is not No action required. This is
available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until
broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available.
decoded, the audio is available.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3
multicast channel when
recalling a preset or from a
direct tune.

The previously stored
No action required. The
multicast preset or direct
station is not available in
tune is not available in your your current location.
current reception area.

Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.

Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.

Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.

There is no text information Data service issue by the
shown for currently selected radio broadcaster.
frequency.

Fill out the station issue
form at website listed

HD2-HD7 stations not found Pressing Scan disables
when Scan is pressed.
HD2-HD7 channel search.

No action required. This is
normal behavior.

below.

http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

294

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor
Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.

SATELLITE RADIO
SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music,
news, sports, weather, traffic and
entertainment satellite radio channels. For
more information and a complete list of
SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.

Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential satellite radio reception issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
ence
interference and the audio system may mute.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.

E142593

295

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term,
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.

For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio
channels, and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. When in
satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0.

Troubleshooting
Message

Condition

Action

Acquiring…

Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.

Satellite antenna fault

There is an internal module If this message does not
clear shortly, or with an ignior system failure present.
tion key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.

SIRIUS system failure

No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.

Invalid Channel

The channel is no longer
available.

Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.

Unsubscribed Channel

Your subscription does not
include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.

No Signal

The signal is lost from the
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
tower to your vehicle
antenna.

The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.

Updating…

Update of channel
programming in progress.

No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.

296

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Audio System
Message

Questions? Call
1-888-539-7474
None found
Check Channel Guide
Subscription Updated

Condition

Your satellite service is no
longer available.

Action

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.

All the channels in the
Use the channel guide to
selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip
skipped or locked.
function on that station.
SIRIUS has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.

No action required.

USB PORT

E211463

See your SYNC information.
E176344

The USB port is located in the center
console.
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See SYNC™ (page
298).

MEDIA HUB (If Equipped)
You can locate the media hub inside the
center console or on the instrument panel.

297

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
GENERAL INFORMATION

E198355

•

SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and
portable media player. This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls.
• Access and play music from your
portable music player.
• Use 911 Assist and applications, such
as Spotify and Glympse, via SYNC
*
AppLink.
•
•
•

•

Use the advanced voice recognition
system.
Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).

These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.

Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
Stream music from your connected
phone.
Text message.

Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you cannot
answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.

298

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.

When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.

In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.
In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.

SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.

Privacy Information

Driving Restrictions

When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.

For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km).

Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.

299

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the section on 911 Assist.
See SYNC™ Applications and Services
(page 314).

USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is around you.

Initiating a Voice Session

E142599

Press the voice button. A list of
available voice commands
appears in the display.

Global Voice Commands
These voice commands are always
available. You can say them at any time.

Global voice commands

(cancel | exit)

This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by holding the
voice button for two or more seconds.

help

This command provides you with hints,
examples and instructions.

(main menu | start again)

This command restarts the voice session
from the initial starting point.

You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (cancel | exit) appears you say; cancel or exit.
•

Helpful Hints
•

•

Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
Before giving a voice command, wait
for the system announcement to finish,
followed by a single tone. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.

•

Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
You can interrupt the system at any
time while it is speaking by pressing the
voice button. You can cancel a voice
session by pressing and holding the
voice button.

300

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
System Interaction and Feedback

The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.

The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.

Adjusting the Interaction Level
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
E142599

Voice Command

Action and Description

voice settings
Then either of the following:
interaction mode novice

Provides more detailed interaction and
guidance. (Recommended for first time
users.)

interaction mode advanced

Provides less audible interaction and guidance.

Confirmation Prompts
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request.
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Voice Command

Action and Description

voice settings
Then either of the following:
confirmation prompts off

Make a best guess from the command; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.

confirmation prompts on

Clarify your voice command with a short
question.

Phone Confirmation
Using phone confirmations the system
asks you to verify before placing any calls.
301

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Voice Command

Action and Description

voice settings
Then any of the following:
phone confirmation on

When enabled, this feature will prompt you
to confirm any voice initiated call command
prior to the call being placed.

phone confirmation off

The system will make a best guess; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.

Changing the Voice Settings
In addition to using voice commands to
change the voice settings, you can also use
the menu in the audio display.
To change the voice settings press the
Menu button then select:

USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE

Menu Item

SYNC-Settings

Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.

Voice settings
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. Fan
speed can also be adjusted normally during
a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or
turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan
speed to desired setting.

302

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
4. When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.

Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone's compatibility, see
your phone's manual and visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

Pairing a Phone for the First Time

Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.

Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.
Note: SYNC can support downloading up
to approximately 4000 entries per
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.

Using Voice Commands
Make sure to switch on your
phone's Bluetooth feature
E142599
before starting the search. See
your device's manual if necessary.

Using the Audio System
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.

Press the voice and when prompted
say:

Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates there is no
paired phone, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your phone to start the pairing
process.

Voice Command

Action and Description

(pair ([Bluetooth]
device | phone |
Bluetooth audio) |
add phone)

Follow the instructions on the audio
display.

You can say any of the voice commands
that appear within open and close brackets
that are separated by |. For example,
where; (what's | what is) appears you say;
what's or what is.
The commands that have [ ] around the
word means that the word is optional.

303

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
SYNC may prompt you with more cell
phone options. Your cell phone may also
prompt you to give SYNC permission to
access information. For more information
on your cell phone’s capability, see your
cell phone’s manual and visit the website.

Phone Voice Commands

Pairing Subsequent Phones
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.

E142599

Voice Command

Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Press the voice button. When
prompted, say any of the
following:

(phone | Blackberry | iPhone)
Then say any of the following:

Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
Press the PHONE button.
Select the option for Bluetooth
Devices.
Press the OK button.
Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device.
When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.

(hold call [on] | place call on hold)

join (calls | call)

mute call [on]

(mute call off | un-mute call)

(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])

304

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Voice Command

[text] (messages | message)

To access text messages say:
3

Voice Command

help

[text] (messages | message)

___ is a dynamic listing that should be the
name of a contact in your phonebook. For
example you could say "Call Home".

Then say any of the following:

forward (text | [text] message)

(listen to | read) ([text] message)

See Dial table below.

These commands are only valid while in
a phone call.
3

reply to (text | [text] message)
call [sender]

See the text message table below.

Phonebook Hints

Dial Commands

To hear how the SYNC system speaks a
name browse phonebook, select a contact
and press:

Press the voice button and when prompted
say any of the following commands:
Voice Commands

Menu Item

411 (four-one-one), 911 (nine-one-one)

Hear it

700 (seven hundred)
Changing Devices Using Voice
Commands

800 (eight hundred)
900 (nine hundred)

Using SYNC, you can easily access multiple
phones, ipods, or USB devices. to switch
devices say:

Clear (deletes all entered digits)
Delete (deletes last set of digits entered)
Number <0-9>
Plus
Pound (#)
Star (*)
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the
phone button or press any button on the
audio system.

305

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display.

Voice Command

(connect |
device) ___

Receiving Calls

You can state the name of
the desired device, such as
“My iPhone”,“My Galaxy”
or“My iPod”. SYNC may
ask you to confirm the type
of device (Phone, USB, or
Bluetooth Audio).

Accepting calls
When receiving a call, you can answer the
call by pressing the accept call button on
the steering wheel or use the screen.
To use the screen to accept a call
select:

Making Calls

Menu Item

E142599

Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:

Rejecting Calls
When receiving a call, you can reject the
call by pressing the reject call button on
the steering wheel or use the screen.

Voice Command

call [[a] name]
dial [[a]
number]

To use the screen to reject a call select:

SYNC prompts you to say
the numbers that you wish
to dial. After you say the
numbers, the system
confirms it. You can then
say:

Menu Item

Reject
Ignore the call by doing nothing.

Phone Options during an Active
Call

When the system has stated the
number, you say any of the following:

During an active call, you have more menu
features that become available, such as
putting a call on hold or joining calls.

Voice Command

(dial | send) This initiates the call.
(delete |
correct)

To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select More to choose
from the following options:

This erases the spoken
digits.

To end the call, press the end call button

306

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

Menu Item

Description and action

Mic. off

Switch your vehicle's microphone off. To switch the
microphone on, select the option again.

Privacy

Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to
your cellular phone for a more private conversation. When
selected, the audio display indicates the call is private.

Hold

Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
indicates the call is on hold.

Dial a number

Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad
(for example, numbers for passwords).

Join calls

Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum
of three callers on a multiparty or conference call.
1. Select the More option.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the More option.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.

Phonebook

Access your phonebook contacts.
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired contact
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

Call History

Access your call history log.
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for call history and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
1.

Press the PHONE button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available.

Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages, as well
as access phone and system settings.

307

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

Display

Description and action

Dial a number

Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad.

Phonebook

Access your downloaded phonebook.
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to access an
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters
on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

Call History

Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select incoming, outgoing or missed calls. Press
the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

Speed Dial

Select 1 of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and then press and hold one of the
numbers on the audio system's numeric keypad.

Text messaging

Send, download and delete text messages.

BT Devices

Access the option for Bluetooth Device menu listings (add,
connect, set as primary, on or off, delete).

Phone settings

View various settings and features on your phone.
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature
and is only available when your vehicle is
traveling at 3.1 mph (5 km/h) or less.

Text Messaging
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.

When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.

SYNC allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.

To hear the message you can say:
Voice command

Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.

(listen to | read)
([text] message)

308

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Description and
action

Select this option
to have the system
read the message
to you.

SYNC™

Using the screen you also have the following options:
Menu
Item

Description and action

Ignore

Select this option, or do nothing, and the message goes into your text message
inbox.

View

Select the view option to open the text message. Once selected, you have
the ability to have the message read to you, to view other messages. For
additional options select:
More...

If you select this option, use the arrow button to scroll through the
following options:
Reply to
sender

Press the OK button to access, and then scroll
through a list of pre-defined messages to send.

Call sender

Press the OK button to call the sender of the
message.

Forward
msg.

Press the OK button to forward the message to
anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can
also choose to enter a number.
2. Select the text messaging option, and
then press the OK button.

Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
1.

Press the PHONE button.

Choose from the following options:
Menu
Item

Description and action

New

Allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15
messages.

View

Allows you to read the full message and, in addition, provides the option to
have the system read the message to you. To go to the next message, select
the More option. This allows you to reply to the sender, call the sender or
forward the message.

Delete

Allows you to delete current text messages from the system (not your cellular
phone). The audio display indicates when the system has deleted all your
text messages.

More...

Allows you to delete all messages or manually trigger a download of all
unread messages from your cellular phone.

309

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Sending a Text Message

Note: You can send text messages either
by choosing a contact from the phonebook
and selecting the text option from the audio
display or by replying to a received message
in the inbox.

Note: You can only send a text message to
one recipient at a time.
1.

Select the send option when the
desired selection highlights in the audio
display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears.
3. Press the OK button again to confirm
when the system asks if you want to
send the message. A pre-defined
signature appears on each text
message.

Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are phone-dependent features. Your
phone settings allow you to access and
adjust features such as your ring tone and
text message notification, modify your
phonebook, and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, and then press the OK button.

Scroll to select from the following options:
Menu Item

Description and action

Set as master

If this option is checked, the system uses the cellular phone
as the master when there is more than one cellular phone
paired to the system. This option can be changed for all
cellular phones (not only the active phone) using the
Bluetooth Devices menu.

Phone status

See the cellular phone name, provider name, cellular
phone number, and signal level. When done, press the left
arrow buttons to return to the phone status menu.

Set ringtone

Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's tones or your cellular phone's). If your
phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone
sounds when you choose the cellular phone ringtone
option.
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select a ringtone.

Text msg notify

Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you
when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to
switch the audible tone off or on.

Phonebook pref.

Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add,
delete or download). Press the OK button to select and
scroll between the choices in the phonebook preferences
table below.

310

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

Menu Item

Phonebook preferences

Add contacts

Push the desired contacts on your cellular phone. See your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.

Delete

When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the
current phonebook and call history. The system takes you
back to the menu for phone settings.

Download now

Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook to the system.

Auto-download

When automatic download is on, the system deletes any
changes (additions or deletions) saved in the system since
your last download.
When automatic download is off, the system does not
download your phonebook when your cellular phone
connects to SYNC.
You can only access your phonebook, call history and text
messages when your paired cellular phone connects to
the system. Check or uncheck this option to download
your phonebook automatically each time your phone
connects to the system. Download times are phonedependent and quantity-dependent.

Sorting Pref.

Enabling this feature allows you to select how your
contacts are displayed. You can select:
First/Last name

Last/First name
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears,
and then press the OK button.

Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you
to add, connect and delete devices as well
as set a phone as primary.
Select from the following options:
Menu Item

Add

Description and action

Pair additional phones to the system.
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.

311

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Menu Item

Description and action

2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your phone. See your phone's
manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm
that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Skip the next step. If you are prompted
to enter a PIN on your device, it does not support Secure
Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN displayed on the
screen. The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
4. When the option to set the phone as primary appears,
select either yes or no.
5. SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options.
Your cell phone may also prompt you to give SYNC
permission to access information. For more information
on your cell phone’s capability, see your cell phone’s
manual and visit the website.
Delete

Select the delete option and confirm when the system
asks to delete the selected device. After deleting a phone
from the list, you have to repeat the pairing process to pair
it again.

Master

The system attempts to connect with the primary cellular
phone each time you switch on the ignition. When you
select a cellular phone as primary, it appears first in the
list, marked with an asterisk. Set a previously paired phone
as master by selecting the master option and confirming
it as the primary.

Conn.

Connect a previously connected phone. You can only have
one phone connected at a time to use the phone's functionality. When you connect another phone, the previous
phone disconnects from the telephone services. The
system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for
the cellular phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio
music playback feature at the same time.

Discon.

Disconnects the selected cellular phone. Select this option
and confirm when asked. After disconnecting a phone,
you can reconnect it again without repeating the full pairing
process.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, and
then press the OK button.

System Settings
1.

Press the MENU button.

312

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

Scroll to select from the following options:
Display

Description and action

Bluetooth on

Check or uncheck this option to switch the system's
Bluetooth interface off or on. Select this option, and then
press the OK button to change the option's status.

Set defaults

Return to the factory default settings without erasing your
indexed information (such as phonebook, call history, text
messages and paired devices). Select this option and
confirm when prompted in the audio display.

Master reset

Completely erase all information stored in the system
(such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired
devices) and return to factory default settings.

Install on SYNC

Install downloaded applications or software updates.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB drive in order to finish an installation
successfully.

System info

Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number. Press the OK button to select.

Voice settings

The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 300).

Browse USB

Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up and down
arrow buttons to scroll through the folders and files. Use
the left or right arrow buttons to enter or leave a folder.
You can select media content for playback from this menu.

313

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.

SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES (If Equipped)

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.

In order for the following features to work,
your cellular phone must be compatible
with SYNC. To check your phone's
compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
• SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect
to and use certain applications such as
Spotify and Glympse (if your phone is
compatible).

Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on
or off, that setting applies for all paired
phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either
a voice message plays or a display message
or an icon comes on when your vehicle is
started and after a previously paired phone
connects.

These features may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.

Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.

911 Assist

If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.

See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 38). Important information about
airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 189).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.

Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.

314

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Setting 911 Assist On or Off

•

Press Menu then select
Menu
Item

•

Action and Description

SYNC-Applications
911 Assist Select desired option, on or
off.

In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911
Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses its connection to SYNC
during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries
to connect to a previously paired cell
phone; SYNC then attempts to call the
emergency services.

If you choose not to activate this
feature you will have the following
options:
Menu
Item

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.

Action and Description

Voice
Provides a display and voice
Reminder reminder at phone connection
ON
at vehicle start.

Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel".

Voice
Provides a display reminder
Reminder only without a voice reminder
OFF
at phone connection.
To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
•
•
•

Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.

315

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
911 Assist Privacy Notice

Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps work automatically with no
setup. Other apps want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.

When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.

Note: AppLink is not available if your
vehicle is equipped with the MyFordTouch
system.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Press the MENU button to access the
menu on-screen. Then select:

SYNC Mobile Apps

Menu
Item

The system enables voice and steering
wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. When an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and steering wheel controls.

Action and Description

SYNC-Apps
Mobile
Apps

Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.

Scroll through the list of
available applications and
select a particular app or
select:
Find New Apps

Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.

Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC
AppLink app, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.

Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.

Accessing an App's Menu
When an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button on the steering
wheel control to access the app menu.

Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled Apps
will vary by region.

You can access various app features from
here, for example thumbs up and thumbs
down.
Press the left arrow button on the steering
wheel control to exit the app menu.

316

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button then when prompted say:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Say the name of the application after the tone.
The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you
can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app, for example "Play Playlist Road Trip".

mobile (apps |
applications)

help

Use this command to discover the available voice commands.

SYNC Mobile App Voice Commands
The following voice commands are always available:
Menu Item

Action and Description

mobile (apps | applications)

SYNC prompts you to say the name of an
app to start it on SYNC.

list [mobile] (apps | applications)

SYNC lists all of the currently available
mobile apps.

find [new] [mobile] (apps | applications)

Searches your connected mobile device for
SYNC-compatible mobile apps.

help
You can say the name of a mobile app at any time to start the mobile app on SYNC.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app such as, but not
limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel
consumption, engine speed, rain
sensor, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, and head lamp status.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information such as, but
not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status,
engine revolutions per minute, gear
position, braking events, steering wheel
angle, and accelerator pedal position.

App Permissions
App permissions are organized by groups.
You can grant these group permissions
individually. You can change a permission
group status any time when not driving, by
using the settings menu.

317

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
•

•

To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state. Push notifications
may be particularly useful for news or

location based apps.
Note: You only need to grant permissions
the first time you use an app with SYNC.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.

Enabling and Disabling App Permissions Using the SYNC Menu
Press the MENU button to access the SYNC menu then select:
Menu Item

Action and Description

SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
All Apps

You can also select a specific app.
If the app supports push notifications, this
setting is listed. Select to enable or disable
the feature as required.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.

Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.

Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.

Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.

App Status
You can view the current status of an app
in the settings menu.

318

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

There are three possible statuses:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Update Needed

The system has detected a new app
requiring authorization or a general
permissions update is required.

Up-To-Date

No update is required.

Updating...

The system is trying to receive an update.

Update settings
Menu Item

Action and Description

Request Update

Select this option from the settings menu
to manually preform a needed update.

Disable Updates

Select this option from the settings menu
to disable automatic updates.
Doing so also disables the use of Mobile
Apps on SYNC.
Confirm that the USB device has been
formatted correctly and has the following
specifications:
• USB 2.0.
• File format must be FAT16/32.

USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your
digital music player over your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, such as artist and album.

The format of the audio files on the USB
device must be:
• MP3.
• Non DRM protected WMA.
• WAV.
• AAC.

Note: The system is capable of indexing up
to 15,000 songs.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player including: iPod, Zune,
plays from device players, and most USB
drives. SYNC also supports audio formats,
such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.

Connecting Your Digital Media
Player to the USB Port
Note: If your digital media player has a
power switch, make sure you switch it on
before plugging it in.

319

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
To Connect Using Voice Commands

To Connect Using the System Menu

Plug the device into one of the vehicle's
USB ports.

Plug the device into one of the vehicle's
USB ports.
2. Press the MEDIA button and select
either USB 1 or USB 2 from the media
source list in the audio display.

Press the voice button and when
prompted, say:
Voice Command

Action and Description

(USB [stick] | iPod
| MP3 [player])

You can now play
music by saying any
of the appropriate
voice commands.
See the media
voice commands.

Words in brackets [ ] are optional and do
not have to be spoken for the system to
understand the command. For example,
for where (USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3
[player]) appears, you can say USB or USB
stick.
To view USB content select:
Message

Browse USB

Description and Action

Depending on how many media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When
indexing is complete, the selected source starts to playback
audio automatically.
Message

You can browse the files on the USB
device in categories. Select BROWSE
from the buttons at the bottom of the
audio display and choose from the
following:

Albums
Genres
Browse USB

Message

Reset USB

Play all

Media Voice Commands

Playlists

Press the voice button and when
prompted say:

Songs
E142599

Artists

320

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

Voice Command

Description and Action

(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or
what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets.
For example, where; (what's | what is) playing, you must say either "what's playing" or
"what is playing".

Command

Description and Action

pause

Pauses device playback.

play

Resumes device playback.
play [album] ___

play all

Play all media on the device from the first
track to the last.
play [artist] ___
play [genre] ___
play [playlist] ___

Plays the next track on the current media.

Plays the previous track on current media.

[play] (similar music | more like this)

Creates a playlist with a similar genre to the
one currently playing.

play [song | track | title | file] ___
repeat off
repeat (one | track) [on]

Repeats the current track.

321

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Command

Description and Action

shuffle [all] [on]

Plays the current playlist in a random order.
(Not all devices support this command.)
shuffle off

At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what is
playing. The system reads the metadata tags
(if populated) of the current track.

•
•

___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song. For example you
could say "Play artist The Beatles".

Bluetooth Audio
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cellular phone through
Bluetooth.

Examples of USB Commands
SYNC provides the user with many intuitive
ways to find and play a song using voice.
For example, if we have a song called
"Penny Lane" from the album "Magical
Mystery Tour" we can say the following to
play this song:
•
•

Play album "Magical Mystery Tour".
Play "Magical Mystery Tour".

To switch the Bluetooth Audio on, press
the MEDIA button and select:
Menu Item

BT audio

Play song "Penny Lane".
Play "Penny Lane".

Then any of the following:

If we wanted to play the entire album, we
can say:

Voice Command

Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music (such as by artist, genre,
shuffle or repeat), find similar music or
reset the index of your USB devices.

322

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

Message

Options

Description and Action

This will enter the media menu.

Then any of the following:
Message

Description and Action

Shuffle

Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.

Repeat track

Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.

Similar music

You can play similar types of music to the current playlist
from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each track to compile a playlist. The system then
creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this
feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags
are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice
recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you
place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage
device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play
menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any
unpopulated metadata tag.

Reset USB

Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
2. Press the MEDIA button (next to the
audio display) to select USB playback.

Accessing Your USB Song Library
1.

Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Message

Browse USB

Description and Action

This menu allows you to select and play your media files by
artist, album, genre, playlist or track.

If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media.

323

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™

If there are media files, you have the following options:
Display

Play all

Description and Action

Play all indexed media files from your device one at a time
*

in numerical order.
Press the OK button to select. The first track title appears
in the display.
Playlists

Access your playlists (from formats like ASX, M3U, WPL,
*

or MTP).
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press the
OK button.
Songs

Search for and play a specific indexed track.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press the OK
button.

Artists

Sort all indexed media files by artist. The system then lists

and plays all artists and tracks alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press the OK
button.
Albums

Sort all indexed media files by album.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired album, and then press the
OK button.

Genres

Sort all indexed media files by genre (category) type.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press the
OK button.

Browse USB

Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC. (Other files are not
visible.)
1. Press the OK button to select.

324

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Display

Description and Action

2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on the device, and
then press the OK button.
Reset USB

Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.

You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric
keypad to jump in the list.

USB 2 (If Equipped)

Using Voice Commands

Your vehicle may come equipped with an
additional USB port. If so, USB 1 is located
at the front of the vehicle at the bottom of
the instrument panel. USB 2 is located
inside the storage compartment of the
vehicle's center console.

You can access and view your USB songs
using voice commands.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Press the voice button and when
prompted, say any of the following
commands:

You can plug in an additional USB device
into the second USB port.
You can access both USB devices by using
voice commands.

Accessing and Viewing USB Media

(browse | search | show) all (album |
albums)

To access a USB device press the voice
button and when prompted say:

(browse | search | show) all (artist |
artists)

Voice command

USB 1

(browse | search | show) all (genre |
genres)

USB 2

(browse | search | show) all (playlist |
playlists)

Note: SYNC only supports one connected
iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever
one you plug in first). When you connect a
second iOS device, the systems charges it,
but does not support playback from it.

Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings

(browse | search | show) artist ___
(browse | search | show) genre ___

You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Phone (page 302).

(browse | search | show) playlist ___

325

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Voice Commands for Audio
Sources

Voice Command

Your voice system allows you to change
audio sources with a simple voice
command.

help

E142599
*

Press the voice button and when
prompted say:

If equipped.

Radio Voice Commands

Voice Command

If you are listening to the radio,
press the voice button, and then
E142599
say any of the commands in the
following table.

(music | audio | entertainment) [system]
Below are a few examples of voice
commands you can use.

If you are not listening to the radio,
press the voice button and, after the
tone, say:

[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
[tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST |
autoset)

Voice Command

Radio

[tune [to]] AM 2
Bluetooth (audio | stereo)

You can then say any of the following
commands.

(disc | CD [player]) play

[tune [to]] AM

[tune [to]] FM

[tune [to]] AM1

[tune [to]] FM1

[tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST |
autoset)

[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset)

[tune [to]] AM 2

[tune [to]] FM 2

[tune [to]] (AM ___ | ___ [AM])

Radio

[tune [to]] AM preset ___

tune [to] SAT

[tune [to]] AM1 preset ___

Sirius

[tune [to]] FM
[tune [to]] FM1

(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player])

[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset) preset ___

326

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Voice Command

Voice Commands

[tune [to]] FM 2

[tune [to]] SAT 2 preset ___

[tune [to]] (FM ___ | ___ [FM])

[tune [to]] SAT 3 preset ___

[tune [to]] FM preset ___
FM ___ HD ___

tune [to] [Sirius]
Help

[tune [to]] Sirius
[channel] ___

[tune [to]] FM 2 preset ___
HD ___

You can say the
channel number (0233) to listen to that
Sirius station.

[tune [to]] preset ___
CD Voice Commands

Tune

If you are listening to a CD, press
the voice button, and then say
any of the commands in the
following table.

help
*

E142599

If equipped.

Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands
(If equipped)

E142599

If you are not listening to a CD, press
the voice button and, after the tone,
say:

To listen to Sirius satellite radio,
press the voice button and, after
the tone, say:

Voice Command

(disc | CD [player]) play
Voice Commands

You can then say any of the following
commands.

Sirius

pause

When you are listening to Sirius
satellite radio, you can press the voice
button, and say any of the commands
in the following table.

play
[play] next track
[play] previous track

Voice Commands

tune [to] SAT

[play | change to] track [number] ___

[tune [to]] SAT 1

repeat (track | song) [on]

[tune [to]] SAT 2

repeat folder [on]

[tune [to]] SAT 3

repeat off

[tune [to]] preset ___

(shuffle | random | mix) [on | (tracks |
songs) [on]]

[tune [to]] SAT 1 preset ___

327

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Use the website at any time to check your
phone's compatibility, register your
account and set preferences as well as
access a customer representative via an
online chat (during certain hours). Visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca for more
information.

Voice Command

SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, see the tables
below.
Phone issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

There is excessive background noise during a phone
call.

The audio control settings
on your phone may be
affecting SYNC performance.

Review your phone's manual
about audio adjustments.

During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.

This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.

This is a phone-dependent
feature.
SYNC is not able to download my phonebook.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
Use the SYNCmyphone
feature available on the
website.

The system says Phonebook
Try pushing your phonebook
Downloaded but the
This may be a limitation on contacts to SYNC by using
phonebook in SYNC is
your phone's capability.
the Add Contacts feature.
empty or missing contacts.

328

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Phone issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

If the missing contacts are
stored on your SIM card, try
moving them to the device
memory.
Remove any pictures or
special ring tones associated with the missing
contact.
Depending upon your phone,
you may have to grant SYNC
permission to access your
phonebook contacts. Make
sure to confirm when
prompted by your phone
during the phonebook
download.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.

This is a phone-dependent
feature.

Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try deleting your device
from SYNC, deleting SYNC
from your device and trying
again.

I am having trouble
connecting my phone to
SYNC.

This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

Check the security and auto
accept and prompt always
settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on
your phone.
Update your device's firmware.

329

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Phone issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting.

Text messaging is not
working on SYNC.

This is a phone-dependent
feature.

Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.

This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.

USB and media issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.

I am having trouble
connecting my device.

This may be a possible
device malfunction.

Make sure you are using the
manufacturer's cable.
Make sure you insert the
USB cable correctly into the
device and the USB port.
Make sure that the device
does not have an autoinstall program or active
security settings.

SYNC does not recognize
my device when I turn on the
car.

Bluetooth audio does not
stream.

This is a device limitation.

Make sure you are not
leaving the device in your
vehicle during very hot or
cold temperatures.

Review the device compatibility chart on the SYNC
This is a phone-dependent
website to confirm your
feature.
phone supports the
Bluetooth audio streaming
function.

330

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
USB and media issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

The device is not connected.

Make sure you correctly
connect the device to SYNC,
and that you have pressed
play on your device.

Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC does not recognize
music that is on my device.

Make sure that all song
details are populated.

The file may be corrupted.
The song may have copyright protection, which does
not allow it to play.

Some devices require you to
change the USB settings
from mass storage to MTP
class.

Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Review the phone voice
commands and the media
You may be using the wrong
voice commands at the
voice commands.
beginning of their respective
sections.
SYNC does not understand
what I am saying.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong time.

After pressing the voice icon,
wait until after the tone
sounds and Listening
appears before saying a
command. Any command
spoken before this does not
register with the system.

Review the media voice
SYNC does not understand You may be using the wrong
commands at the beginning
the name of a song or artist.
voice commands.
of the media section.

331

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.

Say the song or artist
exactly as listed. If you say
"Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
Make sure you are saying the
complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".

If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
The system may not be
say "L-O-L-A".
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special characters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.
Review the Phone voice
commands at the beginning
of the phone section.
You may be using the wrong Make sure you are saying the
contacts exactly as they are
voice commands.
listed. For example, if you
save a contact as Joe
SYNC does not understand
Wilson, say "Call Joe
or is calling the wrong
Wilson".
contact when I want to
Using
the
SYNC phone
make a call.
menu, open the phonebook
and scroll to the name
You may be saying the
SYNC is having trouble
name differently than the
understanding. SYNC will
way you saved it.
read the name to you, giving
you some idea of the
pronunciation SYNC is
expecting.

332

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.

The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".

Contacts in your phonebook Do not use special characters, such as 123 or ICE, as
may be very short and
similar, or they may contain the system does not recognize them.
special characters.
Your phonebook contacts
may be in CAPS.

If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call JA-K-E".

AppLink issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Ensure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android
with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with
iOS 5.0 or higher. AdditionAppLink Mobile Applicaally, ensure your phone is
tions: When I select "Find An AppLink capable phone
paired and connected to
New Apps," SYNC does not is not connected to SYNC.
SYNC in order to find
find any applications.
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to
SYNC's USB port with an
Apple USB cable.
Ensure you have downloaded and installed the
AppLink-enabled apps are
latest version of the app
My phone is connected, but
not installed and running on from your phone's app store.
I still cannot find any apps.
your mobile device.
Ensure the app is running on
your phone. Some apps
require you to register or

333

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™
AppLink issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

login on the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit'
option, select that then
restart the app. If the app
does not have that option,
you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by
going to the phone's settings
Sometime apps do not
menu, selecting 'Apps.' then
My phone is connected, my properly close and re-open
finding the particular app
app(s) are running, but I still their connection to SYNC,
and choosing 'Force stop.'
over ignition cycles, for
cannot find any apps.
Don't forget to restart the
example.
app afterwards, then select
"Find New Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tab the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC's
Mobile App's Menu.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.

There is a Bluetooth bug on
some order versions of the
Android operating system
that may cause apps that
were found on your previous
vehicle drive to not be found
again if you have not turned
off Bluetooth.

334

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Reset the Bluetooth on your
phone by turning it off and
then turning Bluetooth back
on. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC should be able to
automatically re-connect to
your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.

SYNC™
AppLink issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
My iPhone phone is
back in to the phone. After a
connected, my app is
The USB connection to
few seconds, the app should
running, I restarted the app
SYNC may need to be reset.
appear in SYNC's Mobile
but I still cannot find it on
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
SYNC.
Close" the application and
restart it.
I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
app on SYNC, but there is no
sound or the sound is very
low.

The bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.

Some Android devices have
a limited number of
bluetooth ports apps can
I can only see some of the use to connect. If you have
AppLink apps running on my more AppLink apps on your
phone than the number of
phone listed in SYNC's
available Bluetooth ports,
Mobile Apps Menu.
you will not see all of your
apps listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.

Try increasing the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.
Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that
setting in the app's settings
menu on the phone.

SYNC System Reset

The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if
the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and
will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices,
phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset,
press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power
button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the
reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC
system.

335

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Getting to Know Your System

GENERAL INFORMATION

The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact
with a variety of features using the
touchscreen and voice commands. By
integrating with your Bluetooth-enabled
phone, the touchscreen provides easy
interaction with audio, multimedia, climate
control, navigation, and your phone's SYNC
AppLink.

Using the Touchscreen
To operate the touchscreen, you can
simply touch the item or option that you
want to select. The button highlights when
you select it.
The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly
select the feature you wish to use.

E207614

336

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Item

Menu Item

Action and Description

Status Bar

This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current
system activities including climate settings, voice
commands and phone functions such as text messages.

Home

This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it
takes you to the home screen view.

Clock

This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually
or have it controlled by the vehicle's GPS location. See
Settings (page 380).

Outside
Temperature

This displays the current outside temperature.

Feature Bar

You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a
feature.
The Status Bar

The touchscreen allows you quick access
to all of your comfort, navigation,
communication and entertainment
options. Using the status and feature bar
you can quickly select the feature you want
to use.

Additional icons also display in the status
bar depending on market, vehicle options
and current operation. If a feature is not
active, the icon does not display. Certain
icons may move to the left or right
depending on what options are active.

Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).

337

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

E223058

Item

Description

Callout

Microphone Mute

This icon displays when your phone's microphone is
muted. A caller cannot hear you.

Mute

This icon displays when the audio system is muted.

Download

This icon displays when SYNC 3 has received a software update. Pressing the icon will show more details
about the new software.

Wi-Fi

This icon displays when the system is connected to
a Wi-Fi network.

Wi-Fi in Range

This icon displays when an available Wi-Fi network
is within range.

Roaming

This icon displays when your cell phone is roaming.

Text Message

This icon displays when you receive a text message
on your phone.

338

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Callout

Item

Description

911 Assist Off

This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and
your phone is connected to SYNC.

Bluetooth Alert

This icon displays when there is an active Bluetooth
alert.

Bluetooth

This icon displays to show an active Bluetooth
connection.

Messages may also appear in the status
bar to provide you with notifications. You
can select the message to view the
associated feature.
Feature Bar
Feature Bar Item

Functions

Audio

Allows you to control the media playing in
your vehicle. You can control all audio
features including AM, FM and satellite
radio, CDs, and media streaming over a
Bluetooth device or through a USB
connection.

Phone

Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and
access the phonebook of your connected
device.

Navigation

Allows you to see your vehicle's location on
a virtual road map, get driving directions to
your destination and find points of interest
along your route.

(If equipped)
Apps

Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible
apps running on your iPhone or Android
device. Also, access built-in additional
features such as SiriusXM Traffic and Travel
Link (if equipped).

Settings

You can customize your system with
various settings for the touchscreen display,
feature preferences, and how you want to
interact with your vehicle.

339

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
SEEK NEXT:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.

Cleaning the Touchscreen
You can remove fingerprints with a dry,
clean, soft cloth.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the
cloth and try to clean it again.

SEEK PREVIOUS:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.

Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.

Using Voice Recognition

PHONE ACCEPT: Press to answer a call
or switch between calls.

Using voice commands allows you to keep
your hands on the wheel and eyes on the
road. The system provides feedback
through audible tones, prompts, questions
and spoken confirmations depending on
the situation and the chosen level of
interaction (voice settings).

PHONE REJECT: Press to end a call or
reject an incoming call.
Note: On some models, SEEK NEXT may
be combined with PHONE REJECT and
SEEK PREVIOUS may be combined with
PHONE ACCEPT.

The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.

M:Touch the control repeatedly to switch
between media sources (modes).
See Steering Wheel (page 70).

When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the status bar
indicating the status of the voice command
session. See Using Voice Recognition
(page 348).

Using Your Bezel Controls
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you may also have these controls
on your instrument panel:

Using the Steering Wheel Controls

•

Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you can use different controls on
your steering wheel to interact with the
touchscreen system in different ways.

•
•

VOL: Control the volume of audio output.
Mute: Mute the audio output.

•

Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press
again to stop the voice prompt and
immediately begin speaking. Press and
hold to end a voice session.

•

Power: Switch the audio system on
and off.
VOL: Control the volume of playing
audio.
Seek and Tune: se as you normally
would in audio modes.
Eject: Eject a CD from the audio
system.
SOURCE or MEDIA: Press repeatedly
to advance through available media
modes.

340

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
•

•

SOUND: Press to access the Sound
menu where you can adjust sound and
other audio settings.
1-6: Press and hold to store or press to
select an AM, FM or SIRIUS memory
preset. See Audio System (page 282).
DISP: Switch the display on or off. You
can also touch the screen to switch the
display back on.
Temperature, fan and climate
control buttons: Control the
temperature, fan speed or settings of
the climate control system. See
Climate Control (page 103).

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.

911 Assist
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
setting is set on before a crash, the system
will not dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.

Website

www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
For important information about airbag
deployment and the fuel pump shut-off
please see the Supplementary Restrains
and Roadside Emergencies sections of
your owner manual.

To switch 911 Assist on and off please view
the settings information. See Settings
(page 380).

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
341

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
To make sure that 911 Assist works
correctly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.

911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.

In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."

342

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Safety Information

•

Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make
sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC 3.

Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.

Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer
check your vehicle.
Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.

•

Screens crowded with information,
such as Point of Interest reviews and
ratings, SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
sports scores, movie times or ski
conditions.
Any action that requires you to use a
keyboard is restricted, such as entering
a navigation destination or editing
information.
All lists are limited so the user can view
fewer entries (such as phone contacts
or recent phone call entries).

See the following chart for more specific
examples.
Restricted features

Cellular Phone

Pairing a Bluetooth phone.
Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and
recent phone calls.

System Functionality

Editing the keypad code.
Enabling Valet Mode.
Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park
assist are active.

343

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Restricted features

Wi-Fi

Editing Wi-Fi settings.
Editing the list of wireless networks.
Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.

Text Messages

Viewing received text messages.

Navigation

Using the keyboard to enter a destination.
Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid
Areas.
an optional feature on select 2017 MY
vehicles. FordPass® is available through
a free download via the Apple App Store®
or Google Play™. Message and data rates
may apply. Services may be limited by
mobile phone network coverage area.

Creating an Owner Account
Why do I need an owner account?
•
•
•

Essential for keeping up with the latest
software and connected features.
Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
Maintain account permissions.

•
•

FCC: LHJ-FAN
IC: 2807E-FAN

Updating Your System

Visit the website to sign up and register.

You can choose to download the update
onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver
automatic updates.

Website

www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca

USB Updates
To use the USB update you need to log
into your owner account and visit the SYNC
software update page.

SYNC Connect (If Equipped)
With a SYNC® Connect-equipped vehicle,
you can use FordPass® to track your
vehicle’s location and remotely access
vehicle features such as start, lock and
unlock and vehicle status including fuel
level and approximate mileage. You can
also schedule specific times to remotely
start your vehicle so it’s ready to hit the
road as soon as you are. SYNC Connect is

Website

www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
The website notifies you if an update is
available. You can then select to download
the update.

344

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
You must also give the system permission
to update automatically. Upon vehicle
delivery, the System asks you if you would
like to use the automatic update feature.
If you agree to automatic updates, you can
press OK to confirm. If this selection does
not appear upon vehicle delivery you can
access it through the General Settings. See
Settings (page 380). You can also perform
a master reset. See SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting (page 392).

You will need an empty USB drive. Please
check the website for minimum
requirements. Once you have inserted the
USB drive into your computer, choose to
start the download. Follow the instructions
provided to download the files to the USB
drive.
To install the update in your vehicle,
remove anything that is plugged in the USB
ports on the media hub and plug in the
USB drive containing the update. When
the USB drive is plugged in, the installation
should begin immediately. After a
successful installation, the update is
available the next time the vehicle is
started.

If you would like to switch this feature
on later, select:
Menu Item

Settings

The installation of most files occurs in the
background, and does not interrupt your
use of the system. Navigation updates
cannot be installed in the background,
because the files are too large.

General
Automatic
System
Updates

Please refer to the website for any further
actions.
Updating Over Wi-Fi
To update your System over Wi-Fi your
vehicle must be within the range of a Wi-Fi
access point. Data rates may apply.

When Wi-Fi and automatic updates are
enabled, your system checks for software
updates periodically. If a new version is
available, it downloads at that time.
Software downloads can take place for up
to 30 minutes after you have switched your
vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt
the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If
a download does not complete for any
reason, the download continues where it
left off at the next Wi-Fi connected
opportunity. Upon activation of an update,
a banner displays on the touchscreen
indicating the system update. Select the
icon to see more detail. This icon displays
for two ignition cycles.

To enable automatic updates using
Wi-Fi, select:
Menu Item

Settings
Wi-Fi
Available
Wi-Fi
Networks

From this menu, you can
enable automatic updates.
If you have not done so
already, the system
prompts you to set up a
Wi-Fi connection when you
enable this feature.

You can then select your
Wi-Fi network. You may
have to enter the security
code if the network is
secured. The system
confirms when it has
connected to the network.

345

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
unread), and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
creates and retains an index of supported
media content. The system also records a
short diagnostic log of approximately 10
minutes of all recent system activity. The
log profile and other system data may be
used to improve the system and help
diagnose any problems that may occur.

To switch this feature off:
Menu Item

Settings
General
Automatic
System
Updates

In this menu selection, you
can change the selection
for automatic updates to
OFF.

The cellular profile, media device index,
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when the
cellular phone or media player is
connected.

Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you are not
able to answer on your own.

If you sell or transfer your vehicle, we
recommend you perform a Master Reset
to erase all stored information. You can
find more information about the Master
Reset in General Settings. See Settings
(page 380). System data cannot be
accessed without special equipment and
access to your vehicle's SYNC 3 module.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada
do not access the system data for any
purpose other than as described absent
consent, a court order, or where required
by law enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada.

Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
United States: 1-800-392-3673.
Canada: 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.

Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to
SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that links to that cellular
phone. This profile helps in offering you
more cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
may contain data about your cellular
phone book, text messages (read and

346

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
HOME SCREEN

E207616

Item

Tile

Home screen display

Audio

Shows the active media source.
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
compass.

Phone

The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The
status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal
strength, battery charge, 911 assist setting state (On or Off),
text messaging and roaming.

Navigation

This map displays your current location or current route in real
time.
When you have navigation active, you also see the next turn
and the length of time and distance to your destination.

347

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Item

Tile

Home screen display

If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
audio information.
*

If equipped.
You can access each feature controlled by
SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.

You can touch any of the feature displays
to access that feature.

To activate the SYNC 3 voice
commands push the voice
E142599
button on the steering wheel and
wait for the prompt.

Anytime you select the home button, the
system returns you to this screen.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION

___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can
be the name of anything, such as artist, the
name of contact or number. The context
and the description of the command tell
you what to say for this dynamic option.

The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice
commands, to control features like audio
and phone. By using voice commands, you
can keep your hands on the wheel and your
eyes on the road.

Voice Command

There are some commands that work for
every feature, these commands are:
Action and Description

Main Menu

Brings you to the main menu.

Go back

Returns you to the previous screen.

Cancel

Ends the voice session.

List of Commands

Gives you a list of possible voice commands.

___ List of Commands You can name any feature and the system gives a list of
commands available for the feature. For example, you could
say:
Phone List of Commands
Navigation List of Commands
Next Page

You can use this command to view the next page of options on
any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.

You can use this command to view the previous page of options
on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.

Help

Gives you available commands you can use on the current
screen.

348

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Audio Voice Commands

Included here are some of the most
popular commands for each SYNC 3
feature.

___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
audio voice commands it can be the name
of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a
radio frequency number, or the name of a
artist, album, song or a genre.

To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
Voice command

Sirius Channel ___

Description

You can say the Sirius channel name or number
such as "Sirius channel 16".

You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel's name, such as "The Pulse".
AM ___

Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM
frequency such as "88.7 FM" or "1580 AM".

FM ___
FM ___ HD ___

Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency
such as “88.7 FM HD 1”.

Bluetooth Audio

Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetoothconnected device.

USB

Allows you to listen to music on your USB
connected device.

Play Genre ___

For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that
selection. Your system must finish indexing
before this option is available. For example, you
could say "Play artist, The Beatles" or "Play song,
Penny Lane".

Play Playlist ___
Play Artist ___
Play Album ___
Play Podcast ___
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
Browse ___

For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selection. Your system must finish indexing before this
option is available. For example you can say
"Browse The Beatles" or "Browse folk".

* This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.

349

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Phone Voice Commands

You can use voice commands to connect
your Bluetooth-enabled phone to the
system.

Pairing a Phone

To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
Voice command

Pair Phone

Description

Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing
process. See Settings (page 380).

Making Calls
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
phone voice commands it can be the name
of the contact you wish to call or the digits
you want to dial.
Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:
Voice command

Description

Call ___

Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
such as "Call Jenny".

Call ___ at ___

Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home".

Dial ___

Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309”.

Please make sure that you are saying the
contact name exactly as it appears in your
contact list.
Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following
commands:
Voice Command

Description

<0-9>

If the full number was not entered with the first command, you
can continue saying the number.

Dial

Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.

Delete

Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits stated.

Clear

Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.

350

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Text Message Voice Commands
To access text message options, press the voice button and say:
Voice command

Description

Listen to Message
Listen to text message ___

You can say the number of the message you
would like to hear.

Reply to Message
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
navigation voice commands it can be a POI
category or an address.

Navigation Voice Commands
Setting a Destination
You can use any of the following
commands to set a destination or find a
point of interest.

You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest
by category:
Voice command

Description

Find an Address

Allows you to enter the address search functionality.

Find a ___

State the name of the POI category you would like to search for
such as "Find restaurants".

Find POI

Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.

Find Intersection

Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.

Destination Nearest
___

State the name of the POI category you would like to search for
nearby such as "Destination nearest restaurants".

Destination Previous Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.
Destination
Destination Home

Allows you to route to your home address.

351

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:
Voice command

Description

Cancel Route

Cancels the current route.

Detour

Allows you to select an alternate route.

Repeat Instruction

Repeats the last guidance prompt.

Show Route

Shows the current route.

Where Am I

Provides current location.

Zoom in

Allows you to zoom in on the map.

Zoom out

Allows you to zoom out from the map.

Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)
The following voice commands are always available:
Voice command

Description

Mobile Apps

SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC 3.

List Mobile Apps

SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.

Find New Apps

SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on
your mobile device.

There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to
SYNC 3:
Voice command

Description

Say the name of an At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the
app
mobile app on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified
app, followed by
app if the app is running on SYNC 3.
help

352

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
Voice Commands (If Equipped)

SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not
be available in all markets. Activation and
a subscription are required.

You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link:
Voice command

Show Traffic

Description

Displays a list of traffic incidents.

Show Weather Map Displays the current weather map.
Show Fuel Prices

Displays a list of fuel prices.

Show 5 Day Forecast

Displays the 5 day weather forecast.

Help

Voice Settings Commands
You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:
Voice command

Description

Voice Settings

Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.

Interaction Mode
Standard

Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.

Interaction Mode
Advanced

Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.

Phone Confirmation On

Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.

Phone Confirmation Off

The system does not confirm before placing a call.

Voice Command Lists On The system displays a short list of available commands.
Voice Command Lists Off The system does not display the list of commands.
You can use the volume control to adjust
the volume of the system voice prompts.
While prompt is active, adjust the volume
control up or down to your desired setting.

353

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. Fan
speed can also be adjusted normally during
a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or
turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan
speed to desired setting.

To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.

ENTERTAINMENT

E207617

354

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Message

You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.

Message and description

Sources

Direct Tune

Presets

Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.

Menu item

AM
FM
SIRIUS

CD
USB

The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.

Bluetooth Stereo
Apps

If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.

* This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:

AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station

Menu item

You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.

Action and description

Enter

Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.

Menu item

Cancel

Press to exit
without changing
the station.

A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.

Presets

To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:

Direct Tune

To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.

You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.

355

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
There are two preset banks available for
AM and three banks for FM. To access
additional presets, tap the preset button.
The indicator on the preset button shows
which bank of presets you are currently
viewing.

SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets and requires an active
subscription.

For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and
other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming. This includes canceling,
moving or adding particular channels, and
its prices, at any time, with or without notice
to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.

E234451

Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
The following buttons are available for Sirius:
Menu item

Action and description

Browse

Touch this button to see a list of available stations.

Direct Tune

A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of
a station.
Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:
Enter

The system tunes to the station you select.

Cancel

You exit the pop-up and the current station
continues to play.

You can press the backspace button to delete the previous
number.

356

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu item

Replay

Action and description

Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to
the current station. Changing stations erases the previous
audio.
When you are in replay mode, you are not
able to select a different preset until you
return to live audio. Pressing this button
returns you to the live broadcast.

Live

ALERT

Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See
Settings (page 380).
There are three preset banks available for
SIRIUS. To access additional presets, tap
the preset button. The indicator on the
preset button shows which bank of presets
you are currently viewing.

Memory Presets
To set a preset, tune to the station then
press and hold one of the memory preset
buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the station and returns once
the station is stored.

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. See
Settings (page 380).

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear
of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower,
a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio
system may mute.

Satellite radio signal
interference

Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute.

357

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Troubleshooting tips
Message

Acquiring Signal

Cause

Action

Radio requires more than two
seconds to produce audio for
the selected channel.

Satellite antenna fault There is an internal module or
system failure present.
SIRIUS system failure

Invalid Channel

No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
If this message does not clear
shortly, or with an ignition key
cycle, your receiver may have
a fault. See an authorized
dealer for service.

The channel is no longer avail- Tune to another channel or
able.
choose another preset.

Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not
include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-5397474 to subscribe to the
channel, or tune to another
channel.

Satellite acquiring
signal…

The signal is lost from the
The signal is blocked. When
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
you move into an open area,
tower to your vehicle antenna. the signal should return.

Updating…

Update of channel programming in progress.

No action required. The
process may take up to three
minutes.

Questions? Call 1888-539-7474

Your satellite service is no
longer available.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-5397474 to resolve subscription
issues.

None found. Check
channel guide.

All the channels in the selected Use the channel guide to turn
category are either skipped or off the Lock or Skip function on
locked.
that station.

SIRIUS Subscription
updated

SIRIUS has updated the chan- No action required.
nels available for your vehicle.

HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)

To activate HD radio, please see the Radio
Settings in the Settings Chapter. See
Settings (page 380).

Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets.

Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.

358

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit:

The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital
station, and then changes to orange when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.

Website

www.hdradio.com

Note: There is also an additional feature
for stations that have more than 1 HD
multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The
HD logo and Radio text appears as a button.
Pressing this button allows you to cycle
through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency. For example, if you are
on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing
the button repeatedly causes the radio to
cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic
increasing order.

When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:

E142616

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
Message

Presets

Action and description

Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns.
There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2
or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital
audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital
signal.

Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is
outside the station’s reception area.

359

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues

Reception area

If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the
fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to
weak signal strength.
If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the
analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again.
However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7
multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless
it is able to connect to the digital signal again.

Station blending

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog
version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio
station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station
quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station
changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from
analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.

In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential station issues
Issues

Cause

Action

Echo, stutter, skip or
This is poor time alignment by No action required. This is a
repeat in audio.
the radio broadcaster.
broadcast issue.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
Sound fading or
blending in and out.

The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.

There is an audio mute
delay when selecting
HD2 or HD3, multicast
preset or Direct Tune.

The digital multicast is not
No action required. This is
available until the HD Radio
normal behavior. Wait until the
broadcast is decoded. Once
audio is available.
decoded, the audio is available.

360

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

No action required. The reception issue may clear up as you
continue to drive.

SYNC™ 3
Potential station issues
Issues

Cannot access HD2 or
HD3 multicast channel
when recalling a preset
or from a direct tune.

Cause

Action

The previously stored multicast No action required. The station
preset or direct tune is not
is not available in your current
available in your current recep- location.
tion area.

Text information does Data service issue by the radio Fill out the station issue form.
not match currently
broadcaster.
*
playing audio.
There is no text
Data service issue by the radio Fill out the station issue form.
information shown for broadcaster.
*
currently selected
frequency.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor
Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.

Website

http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/
report_radio_station_experiences

CD
Once you select this option, the system
returns you to the main audio screen.
The current audio information appears on
the screen.

* You can find the form here:
The following buttons are also available:
Button

Function

Browse

You can use the browse button to select a track.

Repeat

Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate
the track is set to repeat.
For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat
off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat
current folder (a small folder displays).

Shuffle

Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play
in random order.

You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.

361

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Bluetooth Stereo or USB

access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.

Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to

The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:
Button

Function

Repeat

Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).

Shuffle

Play the tracks in random order.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.

You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.

While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:

Button

Function

Browse

If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.

New Search

This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
Play All
Playlists
Artists
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audio books

362

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Button

Function

Composers
A-Z Jump

This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.

Explore Device

If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.

Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information

USB Ports

The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
E211463

SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.

The USB ports are in the center console or
behind a small access door in the
instrument panel.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.

If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.

Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.

SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.

Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as Pandora or iHeartRadio
through a USB or bluetooth-enabled
device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 377).

363

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.

PHONE
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item

Add Phone
Then select:

Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of the system. Once you pair your
cell phone, you can access many options
using the touchscreen or voice commands.
While the system supports a variety of
features, many are dependent on your cell
phone’s functionality.

Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.

Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.

At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller identification.

To add a phone, select:
Menu Item

Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.

364

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.

Websites

www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca

To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:

Phone Menu
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.

Websites

owner.ford.com

E205447

Item

Menu Item

Recent Call
List

Action and Description

Displays your recent calls.
You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list.

365

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Item

Menu Item

Action and Description

You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down menu at
the top of the screen. You can choose:
All
B

Contacts

Incoming

Outgoing

Missed

All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabetical
order.
A-Z Jump

Selecting this button allows
you to choose a specific letter
to view.

Phone
Settings

Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the phone
settings options.
From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring tones
and alerts. See Settings (page 380).

Text
Messages

Displays all recent text messages.

Phone
Keypad

Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.
Use the backspace button to delete numbers.
Call

Do Not
Disturb

Press this button to begin a
call.

Touch this button to send all calls directly to your voicemail.
New text message notifications are not displayed on the screen
and all ringtones and alerts are set to silent.

Users with phones having voice services
may see a button to access the feature.
For example, iPhone users see a Siri button.
A press and hold of the voice button on the
steering wheel also accesses this feature.

Making Calls
There are many ways to make calls from
the SYNC 3 system, including using voice
commands. See Using Voice
Recognition (page 348). You can use the
touchscreen to place calls as well.

366

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

To accept the call, select:

To call a number in your contacts,
select:
Menu Item

Contacts

Menu Item

Action and Description

You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the
number that you want to
call. The system begins the
call.

Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item

Reject
Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.

To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Recent Call
List

You can then select an
entry that you want to call.
The system begins the call.

Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3
logs it as a missed call.

During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name
and number display on the screen along
with the call duration.

To call a number that is not stored in
your phone, select:
Menu Item

The phone status items are also visible:
•
•
•

Action and Description

Phone
Keypad

Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.

Call

The system begins the call.

Signal Strength.
Battery.
911 Assist (United States and Canada
only). See Settings (page 380).

You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:

Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.

Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.

367

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Item
Item

End Call

Privacy
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the
button on the
steering wheel.

Transfer the call to
the cell phone or
back to SYNC 3.

Text Messaging

Keypad

Press this to access
the phone keypad.

Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.

Mute

You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.

Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
3 mph (5 km/h).

Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Hear It

Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.

View

View the text on the touchscreen.

Call

To call the sender.

You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message
that you would like to use and confirm to send the message.
SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.

To exit the screen.

Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped)

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable
some SYNC 3 features.

SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay
and Android Auto to access your phone.

Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
features use mobile data.

When you use Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, you can:
• Make calls.
• Send and receive messages.
• Listen to music.
• Use your phone's voice assistant.

Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or
newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to
the latest iOS version is recommended.
1.

Plug your phone into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 297).

368

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
2. Select Apple CarPlay on the
touchscreen.

To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:

Menu Item

Android Auto Preferences

Menu Item

Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Android Auto. Select the name of your
device and select:

Apple CarPlay Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your
device and select:

Disable

Note: You may need to slide your Settings
screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay
Preferences or Android Auto Preferences.

To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple
CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC
app.

To return to SYNC 3, select the
speedometer icon in the Android Auto
menu bar at the bottom of the
touchscreen, and then touch the option to
return to SYNC.

Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay
support.
Android Auto

Note: Contact Google for Android Auto
support.

Android Auto is compatible with most
devices with Android 5.0 or newer.

NAVIGATION

Download the Android Auto app to
your device from Google Play to
prepare your device (this may require
mobile data usage).
Note: The Android Auto App may not be
available within your current market.

Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.

Map Mode

2. To switch this feature on from the
Settings screen, scroll left on the
screen and select:

Map mode shows advanced viewing
comprised of 2D city maps, 3D landmarks
and 3D city models (when available). 2D
city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use, landscape
features, and detailed railroad
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe.

Menu Item

Android Auto Preferences
Enable Android Auto

3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourism value.

Note: Android Auto must be switched on
prior to plugging your device.
You can then plug your device into a USB
port. See USB Port (page 297).

369

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
3D city models are complete 3D models
of entire city areas including navigable
roads, parks, rivers and rendered buildings.
3D landmarks and city models appear in
3D map mode only. Coverage of these
varies and improves with updated map
releases.

E207751

Re-center the map by pressing
this icon whenever you scroll the
map away from your vehicle’s
current location.

Points of Interest (POI)
grouping icon: You can choose
up to three POI icons to display
E207754 on the map. If the chosen POIs
are located close together or are
at the same location a box is used to
display a single category icon instead of
repeating the same icon, in order to reduce
clutter. When you select the box on the
map, a pop-up appears indicating how
many POIs are in this location. Select the
pop up to see a list of the available POIs.
You can scroll through and select POIs
from this list.

Select the zoom in icon to see a
closer view of the map.
E207752

Select the zoom out icon to see
a farther away view of the map.
E207753

You can adjust the view in preset
increments. You can also pinch to zoom in
or out of the map.
The information bar tells you the names
of streets, cities or landmarks as you hover
over them with the crosshair curser.

If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel,
station icons automatically display on the
map.

You can change your view of the map by
tapping on the location indicator icon on
the right hand side of the screen. You can
choose from the following options:

If you have subscribed to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link (where available), traffic
flow will be indicated on the map by green
(clear), yellow (slowing), and red
(stopped) road highlights. Traffic flow is
indicated where the information is
available and varies across the US.

E207750

Heading up (2D map) This
always shows the direction of
forward travel to be upward on
the screen. This view is available
for map scales up to 3 mi (5 km).

You can choose to display traffic icons on
the map representing twelve different
types of incidents. See Settings (page
380).

North up (2D map) always
shows the northern direction to
be upward on the screen.

You can set a destination by hovering
above a location and selecting:

E207749

3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
Adjust this viewing angle and
rotate the map 180 degrees by
E207748
touching the map twice, and
then dragging your finger along the shaded
bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.

Button

Start

370

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Destination Mode
To set a destination, press:
Menu Item

Description

Destination
Enter a navigation destination in any of the following formats:
Search

Street Address
(number, street, city, state)
For example "12 Mainstreet Dearborn MI"
Partial Address
(number, street) if searching in current state
(number, street and zip code (or postal code in Canada)) if searching
out of state
You can enter unique addresses that contain door number prefixes
with or without the prefix. For example, you could enter "6N340
Fairway Lane" or "340 Fairway Lane".
City
(name or zip code)
Point of Interest
(name or category)
Intersection
(street 1 / street 2)
(street 1 and street 2)
(street 1 & street 2)
(street 1 @ street 2)
(street 1 at street 2)
Latitude and Longitude
(##.###### , ##.######)
This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are
accepted.
You are given autocomplete options below the address bar to select
as you type.
If you do not give an exact destination, a menu displays with your
possible selections.

Previous Destina- Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here.
tions
You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination.

371

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Description

Delete
All
Home

Select this option to remove all previous destinations.

Select to navigate to your set Home destination.
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays.
To set your Home, press:
Home

A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for home. Select:

Yes

Enter a location into the search bar and press:

Save
Work

Select to navigate to your set Work destination.
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays.
To set your Work:
Work

A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for work. Select:

Yes

Enter a location into the search bar and press:

Save
Favorites

Favorites include any location you have previously saved.
To add Favorites:
Add a
Select this button and enter a location into the destination
Favorite bar.
Search

Select this option to have the system locate the address
you have entered.

Save

Select this button when the address you have entered
appears on the screen.

The address saves as a favorite and you see the favorites screen. You
can now select this address from the favorites screen.
Point of Interest POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle
(POI) Categories configuration):
Food
Fuel
Hotel
ATM

372

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Description

See All

Press to view additional categories. Once you have selected
a category, follow the menus to find what you are looking
for.

Inside of these categories you can search by:
Nearby
Along Route
Near Destination
In a City

Once you have chosen your destination, press:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Save

This saves the destination to your favorites.

Start

This shows you a map of your entire route. You can then choose your
route from three different options.
Fastest

Uses the fastest moving roads
possible.

Shortest

Uses the shortest distance possible.

Economical Route

Uses the most fuel-efficient route.

The time and distance for each route also displays.
Cancel

On the route screen, you can choose to cancel the current navigation.
The system asks for confirmation then returns you to the map mode
screen.

Once you have chosen you destination, press:
Menu Item

Start

Action and Description

The system uses a variety of screens and prompts to guide you to your
destination.
During Route guidance, you can press the maneuver arrow icon on the
map if you want the system to repeat route guidance instructions.
When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the
distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects that the
vehicle is moving.

373

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Action and Description

The navigation map shows your estimated time of arrival, remaining
travel time and the distance to your destination.
SYNC 3 may not always announce vehicle arrival at the exact point
of your destination and you may have to cancel a route manually.
During active navigation, touch the bottom
of the screen to view the menu and other
buttons.

Navigation Menu
In map mode and during active navigation
you can access the navigation menu.
To access the Navigation menu, press:

Button

Menu
You can then select:
Screen View

Full Map

A full screen map displays during navigation.

Highway
Exit Info

Highway exit information displays on the right hand side
of the screen during navigation.
Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels,
fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the
exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of
specific locations. You can select the POI location as a
waypoint or destination if desired.

Turn List

Only available during an active route. Displays all of the
turns on the current route.
You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by
selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears
and you can press:
Avoid
The system calculates a new route and displays a new
turn list.

Traffic List

You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information by
pressing this button. This information requires an active subscription
to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
When a route is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays
(if any are present).
When a route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby
or on the route.

374

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Button

Navigation
Settings

Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 380).

Where Am I?

Provides your current location city and the nearest road.

The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route:
Cancel Route

The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map
mode screen.

Mute Guidance

Selecting this option switches off the audio navigation guidance. Press
the button again to un-mute guidance.

View Route

Press this to see a map of the full route.

Detour

An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route.

Edit Waypoints

Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See
Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set
waypoints.
Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints.
You can
also have
the system
set the
order for
you by
pressing:

Optimize Order

To return to Go
your route
press:
1.

Select the search icon (magnifying
glass) while on an active route. This
brings up the destination menu.
2. Set your destination using any of the
given methods. Once the destination
has been selected, the screen allows
you to set the destination as a
waypoint by selecting:

Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
To add a waypoint:

375

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Menu Item

Add Waypoint

The waypoint list then appears and you are
able to re-order all of your waypoints by
selecting the menu icon on the right hand
side of the location. You can select up to
five waypoints.

You can also have the system set the order Optimize Order
for you by pressing:
To return to your route, press:

Go
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.

cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1,110
cities (1,049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).

For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

E225487

cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.

Restaurant
Business center
Handicap facilities
Laundry
Refrigerator
24 hour room service
Fitness center
Internet access
Pool
Wi-Fi

Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.

Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.

376

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link

Map coverage includes the USA (including
Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands),
Canada and Mexico.

SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available
on vehicles equipped with navigation and
only in select markets. You must activate
and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link information. It helps you
locate the best gas prices, find movie
listings, get current traffic alerts, view the
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see current sports scores. See Apps
(page 377).

APPS
The system enables voice, steering wheel,
and touch screen control of SYNC 3
AppLink enabled smartphone apps. Once
an app is running through AppLink, you can
control main features of the app through
voice commands and steering wheel
controls.

The system calculates a reasonable
efficient route based on available speed
limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may
know a local short cut that is more efficient
at a given time than the route provided by
SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight
difference in minutes or miles with the
SYNC 3 route.

Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will
vary by market.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to
access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.

Navigation Map Updates

Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit:

Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership, by calling 1-866-462-8837 in
the United States and Canada or
01-800-557-5539 in Mexico. You can also
visit:

Websites

owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca

Website

www.navigation.com/sync
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.

You need to specify the make and model
of your vehicle to determine if there is an
update available.
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.

Note: We encourage you to review the
smartphone app’s terms of service and
privacy policies because Ford is not
responsible for your app or its use of data.

377

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system
feature. Accessing mobile apps through
AppLink is only possible when Android Auto
or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps
may only be accessible in the car through
Applink and others only through Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the
Smartphone Connectivity information to
disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay.

Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Ford reserves the right to limit
functionality or deactivate mobile apps at
any time.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.

Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3,
the App needs to be running in the
background of your phone. If you shut down
the app on your phone, it shuts down the
app on SYNC 3 as well.
Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app
is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure
the required app is running on the mobile
device.
Menu Item

Connect Mobile
Apps

You can enable and disable apps through
settings. See Settings (page 380).
App Permissions
The system organizes the App permissions
into groups. You can grant these group
permissions individually. You can change
a permission group status any time when
not driving, by using the settings menu.
While in the settings menu, you can also
see the data included in each group.

Action and Description

SYNC 3 will search
and connect to
compatible app(s)
running on your
mobile device.

When you launch an app using SYNC 3,
the system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example Vehicle
information, Driving characteristics, GPS
and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You
can enable all groups or none of them
during the initial app permissions prompts.
The settings menu offers individual group
permission control.

Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
The connected device sends data to Ford
in the United States. The information is
encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, odometer, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain this data for only as long as
necessary to provide this service,
troubleshoot, and improve products and
services and to offer you products and
services that may interest you where
allowed by law.

Note: You are only prompted to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC 3.
Note: If you disable group permissions,
apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC
3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the
settings menu.

378

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If

Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and
Travel Link, your vehicle must have
navigation.

Equipped)

WARNING

Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.

Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM
Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in
vehicles.
When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link, it can help you locate the
best gas prices, find movie listings, get
current traffic alerts, view the current
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see scores to current sports games.

Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may
not be available in all markets.

Menu Item

Traffic on Route
Traffic Nearby

Action and Description

Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route,
near your vehicle’s current location or near any of your favorite
places, if programmed.

Fuel Prices

Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your
vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route.

Movie Listings

Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their
show times, if available.

Weather

Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather,
or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.
Map

Select to see the weather map,
which can show storms, radar
information, charts and winds.

379

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Action and Description

Area

Select to choose from a listing of
weather locations.

Sports Info

Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety
of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in
progress.

Ski Conditions

Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.

Sound

SETTINGS

Pressing this button allows you to adjust
the following:

Under this menu, you can access and
adjust the settings for many of the system
features. To access additional settings,
swipe the screen left or right.

Sound Settings

Reset All

Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels.

Treble

Adjusts the high frequency level.

Midrange

Adjusts the middle frequency level.

Bass

Adjusts the low frequency level.

Balance / Fade

Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side or front to back.

Speed
Compensated
Vol.

Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed,
or turns the feature off.

Occupancy Mode Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners.
Sound Settings

Stereo
Surround

Your vehicle might not have all of these features.

380

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Media Player

device is the active audio source. Pressing
the button allows you to access the
following options for active devices only.

This button is available when a media
device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB
Menu Item

Podcast Speed

Action and Description

For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose:
Slower

Normal

Faster

Audiobook Speed For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose:

Cover Art Priority

Gracenote®
Management

Slower

Normal

Faster

Media Player

Cover art displays from your device’s music
files. If no cover art for the files exists on the
device, then the Gracenote Database provides
cover art.

Gracenote®

The Gracenote Database supplied cover art is
used for your music files. This overrides any
cover art from your device.

Switches on and off Gracenote® to provide metadata information
such as genre, artist, album.

Gracenote® Data- This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.
base Info
Device Information

This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your
media device.

Update Media
Index

Erase the stored in media information in order to re-index.

You can adjust the following features:

Clock
To adjust the time, select the up and down
arrows on either side of the screen. The
arrows on the left adjust the hour and
arrows on the right adjust the minute. You
can then select AM or PM.

381

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Menu Item

Action and Description

Clock Format

Select how time displays.

Auto Time Zone
Update

When active, the clock adjusts to time zone changes.
This feature is only available in vehicles with navigation.

Reset Clock to
GPS Time

When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time.

Bluetooth

The system automatically saves any
updates you make to the settings.

Pressing this button allows you to access
the following:

Menu Item

Bluetooth

Action

Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all devices and does not permit
new connections.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.

You must activate Bluetooth to pair a
Bluetooth-enabled device.
The processes of pairing a Bluetooth
device is the same as pairing a phone. See
Pairing a Device in Phone settings for how
to pair a device and the available options.

Phone
Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.

Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item

To add a phone, select:

Add Phone

Menu Item

Then select:

Add Phone

Discover Other Bluetooth Devices

1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.

1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.

382

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.

To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Website

owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.

Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
Menu Item

Action and Description

View Devices
You can then select:
Add a Bluetooth
Device

You can add a Bluetooth-enabled device by following the steps in
the previous table.

You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then
have the following options:
Connect
Disconnect

Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these
options to interact with the selected device.

Device Information

Allows you to see phone and device information.

Make Primary

Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device.

Delete

Removes the selected device from the system.

Menu Item

Action and Description

Manage Contacts
You can then select:
Auto-Download
Contacts

Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your
phonebook to keep your contact list up to date.

Sort By:

Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You
can choose:

383

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Action and Description

First Name

Last Name

Re-download
Contacts

Select this option to re-download your contact list manually.

Delete Contacts

Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the
in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone.

Menu Item

Action and Description

Set Phone Ringtone
You can then select:
No Ringtone

No sound plays when a call comes to your phone.

Use Phone Ring- The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive
tone
a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option
is available, it is the default setting.
You can also select one of the three available ringers.

Menu Item

Action and Description

Text Messaging
You can then select:
No Alert
(Silence)

No sound plays when a message comes to your phone.

You can select one of the three available notification sounds.
Voice Readout

When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new
message.

384

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

You can enable and disable the following options as well:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Mute Audio in
Privacy

When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the
duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy.

Roaming
Warning

When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when
you attempt to place a call.

Low Battery
Notification

When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone
is running low.
Select this button to modify the on or off
setting for this feature. If the mobile
phone’s contacts have been downloaded,
you can adjust the following option:

911 Assist
Note: This service is only available in the
United States and Canada.
Menu Item

Action and Description

Set Emergency
Contacts

You can select up to two numbers from your mobile device's phonebook as emergency contacts for quick access at the end of the 911
Assist call process.

Radio
This button is available if a Radio source
such as AM or FM is the active media
source. Pressing the button allows you to
access the following features:

385

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Menu Item

FM HD Radio

Action and Description

Activation of this feature allows you to listen to HD radio broadcasts.

AM HD Radio
(Dependent on
current radio
source, If Available)
Radio Text

This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media source.
Activate this feature to have the system display radio text.

Autoset Presets Refresh
(AST)
Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your current
location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned source.

Navigation
You can adjust many of the Navigation
preferences by selecting the following
menus.
Map Preferences
Menu Item

Action and Description

Map Preferences
Then select any of the following:
3D City Model

When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of buildings.

Breadcrumbs

When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with
white dots.

POI Icons

Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map.
Once this feature is activated you can select
the icons you want displayed by selecting:

Incident Map
Icons

Select POIs

This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like
to have displayed on the navigation map.

386

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Route Preferences
Menu Item

Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions

Route Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Preferred Route Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.
Shortest
Always Use ___
Route

Fastest

Eco

Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
calculates one route based on your preferred route setting.
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.

Use HOV Lanes The system selects High Occupancy Vehicle or car pool lanes when
providing route guidance.
Automatically
Find Parking

The system searches for and displays available parking locations as
you approach your destination.

Eco Time
Penalty

Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.

Dynamic Route Enable or disable considering traffic information when planning a
Guidance
route. The system can find a faster route based on heavy traffic flow
information or detect a Road Closed incident and find a detour route
if possible.
Avoid Freeways If selected, SYNC 3 avoids freeways when computing a navigation
route.
Avoid Toll
Roads

If selected, SYNC 3 avoids Toll Roads when computing a navigation
route.

Avoid
Ferries/Car
Trains

If selected, SYNC 3 avoids the use of Ferries or Trains when computing
a navigation route.

387

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Navigation Preferences
Menu Item

Action and Description

Navigation Preferences
Guidance
Prompts

You can adjust how the system provides prompts.

Then select any of the following:
Voice and Tones A tone sounds followed by voice instructions.
Voice Only

Only voice instructions are given.

Tones Only

Only a tone sounds to prompt you.

Mobile Apps

Note: All Mobile Apps may not be
compatible with the system.

You can enable the control of compatible
mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or
USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable
mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent
to send and receive app authorization
information and updates using the data
plan associated with the connected device.

Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.

The connected devices sends data to Ford
in the United States. The encrypted
information includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
statistics and debugging information.
Updates may take place automatically.
Menu Item

Mobile Apps

Action and Description

Enable or disable the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.
Disabling mobile apps in the settings menu disables automatic
updates and the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.
You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings
menu.

Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options:
Update Mobile
Apps

This provides information on the current state of available app
updates.
There are three possible statuses:

388

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Action and Description

Update Needed

Up-To-Date

Updating Mobile Apps…

The system has
No update is
detected a new app
required.
requiring authorization or a general
permissions update is
required.

The system is trying to receive
an update.

Request Update

Select this button if an
update is required and you
want to request this update
manually. For example, when
your mobile device is
connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot,
select:
Request Update

All Apps

Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once.

There may also
be SYNC 3
enabled apps
listed under
these options.

Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permissions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you
can see which signals are included in each group.

Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.

General
Access and adjust the system settings,
voice features, as well as phone, navigation
and wireless settings.

Menu Item

Language

Select to have the touchscreen display in English,
Spanish or French.

Distance

Select to display units in kilometers or miles.

Temperature

Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.

Touch Screen Beep

Select to have the system beep to confirm choices
made through the touchscreen.

389

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Automatic System Updates

When you activate this option, the system automatically updates when you have an available Internet
connection through a Wi-Fi network or mobile
connection.

About

Information pertaining to the system and its software.

Software Licenses

Documentation of the software license for the system.

Master Reset

Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all
personal settings and personal data.

Wi-Fi
You can adjust the following:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Wi-Fi

Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software
updates.

View Available
Networks

This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range.
Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect
from that network. The system may require a security code to
connect.
When you click the information button next to a network, more
information about the network displays such as the signal strength,
connection status and security type.

Wi-Fi Available
Notifications

The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi
network is within range if SYNC is not already connected.

Vehicle

Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)

Note: You vehicle may not have all of these
features.

Tap a color once to active ambient lighting.
This sets the color to the highest intensity.

You can select the following features to
update their settings.

You can drag the colors up and down to
increase or decrease the intensity.
To switch ambient lighting off, press the
active color once or drag the active color
all the way down to zero intensity.

390

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Door Keypad Code

enter the five-digit factory set code. You
can find this code on the owner's wallet
card in the glove box or from your
authorized dealer.

Select this button to add or erase a
personal door keypad code. To add or
erase a personal code, you first need to
Camera Settings

To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Message

Action and Description

Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
Rear Camera
Delay

You can enable or disable this option using the slider.

You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter
of your owner manual.
Onboard Modem Serial Number (ESN)
Selecting this button on the settings menu
shows you the ESN number for your
system. You need this number for certain
registrations such as Satellite Radio.

Display
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item

Action and Description

Brightness

Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.

Mode

You can select:
Auto

The screen automatically switches between day and
night modes based on the outside light level.

Day

The screen displays with a light background to enhance
daytime viewing.

391

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Menu Item

Auto Dim

Action and Description

Night

The screen displays with a darker background to make
nighttime viewing easier.

Off

The screen goes black and does not display anything.
To switch the screen back on, simply tap the screen.

Enable this option to automatically dim the display brightness based
on ambient lighting conditions.

Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings
by selecting the following options.
Menu Item

Advanced Mode

Enable this option to remove additional voice prompts
and confirmations.

Phone Confirmation

Enable this option to have the system confirm a contacts
name with you before making a call.

Voice Command List

Enable this option to have the system display a list of
available voice commands when the voice button is
pressed.
To enable valet mode, enter your chosen
PIN. The system then asks to confirm your
PIN by reentering it. The system then locks.

Valet Mode
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.

To unlock the system, enter the same pin
number. The system reconnects to your
phone and all of your options are available
again.

When you select valet mode a pop up
appears informing you that a four digit
code must be entered to enable and
disable valet mode. You can use any PIN
you chose but you must use the same PIN
to disable valet mode. The system asks
you to input the code.

SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use.
However, should questions arise, please
refer to the tables below.

Note: If the system is locked and you
cannot remember the PIN, please contact
the Customer Relationship Center.

To check your cell phone's compatibility,
visit the Ford website.

United States: 1-800-392-3673
Canada: 1-800-565-3673

392

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Website
Website

www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca

owner.ford.com

Cell phone issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

There is background noise
during a phone
call.

The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC 3 performance.

Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.

During a call, I
can hear the
Possible cell phone
other person
malfunction.
but they cannot
hear me.

Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.

During a call, I
cannot hear the
The system may need to
other person
be restarted.
and they cannot
hear me.

To restart your system, shut down the
engine, open and close the door, and then
lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes.
Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black
and the lighted USB port is off.

This is a cell phonedependent feature.
SYNC 3 is not
able to download my phone- Possible cell phone
book.
malfunction.

Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone
icon on the phone screen.

Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.

The system
says "Phonebook downloaded" but my Limitations on your cell
SYNC 3 phone- phone's capability.
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.

Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, move them to your cell phone's
memory.

393

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Cell phone issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.

Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.

I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC 3.

Possible cell phone
malfunction.

Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch the auto download setting off.

Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC 3.

This is a cell phonedependent feature.

Check your cell phone's compatibility.

Possible cell phone
malfunction.

Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.

iPhone

•
•
•

•
•

Go to your cell phone's Settings.
Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
Press the blue circle to the right of the
device named with your vehicle make
and model to enter the next menu.
Turn Show Notifications on.
Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone
from the SYNC 3 system to activate this
settings update.

Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC 3.
Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3
vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will
only forward incoming text messages to
SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the
messaging application.

394

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Cell phone issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is
not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Facebook Messenger are not supported.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
This is a cell phone limitacell phone.
tion.

Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.

USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.

Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
Possible device malfunc- cable.
tion.
Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable
into the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.

Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.

SYNC 3 does
not recognize
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
my device when This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold
I start my
temperatures.
vehicle.

395

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

This is a deviceBluetooth audio dependent feature.
does not
The device is not
stream.
connected.

Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
3 and that you have started the media
player on your device.

Your music files may not
contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popusong title, album or genre lated.
information.
The file may be
corrupted.

Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.

SYNC 3 does
The song may have
not recognize
copyright protection that
music that is on does not allow it to play.
my device.
The file format is not
supported by SYNC 3.

Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
Convert the file to a supported format. See
Entertainment (page 354).

The device needs to be
re-indexed.

Update media index. See Settings (page
380).

The device has a lock
screen enabled.

Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then connect it back
to SYNC 3.

When I connect
my device, I
To listen to Apple devices through USB,
sometimes do
This is a device limitation.
select AirPlay from the devices Control
not hear any
Center, then select Dock Connector.
sound.
To listen to Apple devices through
Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the
devices Control Center, then select SYNC.

396

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

Wi-Fi Issues
Issue

Failed connection.

Disconnecting after
successful connection.

Possible cause

Possible solution

Password error.

Verify password.

Weak signal.

Check for a poor Wi-Fi
signal.

Multiple Access points
within range with the same
SSID.

Use a unique name for your
SSID, don’t use the default
name unless it contains a
unique identifier, such as
part of the MAC address.

Weak signal probably due
to distance from the
hotspot, obstruction or high
interference.

Position the vehicle close to
the hotspot with the front of
the vehicle facing the
hotspot direction and
remove obstacles if
possible. Other Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth, microwave and
cordless phones may cause
interference.

Poor signal seen by SYNC 3 There may be an obstruction If the vehicle is equipped
with heated windshield, try
despite being near a
between SYNC 3 and the
positioning the vehicle so
hotspot.
hotspot.
that the windshield is not
facing the hotspot. If you
have metallic window tinting
but not on the windshield,
position the vehicle to face
the hotspot. If all windows
are tinted, you can open the
windows in the direction of
the hotspot if that is feasible.
Try to remove other
obstructions that may
impact signal quality such
as opening the garage door.
A hotspot is not listed in the The hotspot was defined as Please set the network to
list of available networks.
a hidden network.
visible and try again.

397

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Wi-Fi Issues
Issue

Possible cause

SYNC 3 is not seen when
SYNC 3 does not currently
searching for Wi-Fi networks provide a hotspot.
from your phone or other
devices.

Possible solution

SYNC 3 currently does not
provide a hotspot

Software download takes
too long.

Poor signal strength, too far
from the hotspot, hotspot is
supporting multiple
connections, slow Internet
connection or other problems.

Check the signal quality
(under network details), if
SYNC 3 indicates good or
excellent, test with another
high-speed equipped
hotspot where the environment is more predictable.

SYNC 3 seems to connect
with a hotspot and the
signal strength is excellent
but the software is not being
updated.

It is possible that there is no
new software. The
connected hotspot may be
a managed one and it
requires either a subscription or agreeing to the terms
and conditions.

Test the connection with
another device, if the
hotspot requires a subscription, you may contact the
service provider.

AppLink issues
Issue

AppLink Mobile Applications: When I select
"Connect Mobile Apps,"
SYNC 3 does not find any
applications.

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

You did not connect an
Applink Compatible phone
to SYNC 3.

Make sure you have a
compatible smartphone; an
Android with OS 2.3 or
higher or an iPhone 3GS or
newer with iOS 5.0 or higher.
Additionally, make sure you
pair and connect your phone

398

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
AppLink issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

to SYNC 3 in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to a USB
port with an Apple USB
cable.
Make sure you have downloaded and installed the
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Make sure the app is running
AppLink-enabled apps are on your phone. Some apps
My phone is connected, but
not installed and running on require you to register or
I still cannot find any apps.
your mobile device.
login to the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC 3 find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit'
Sometimes apps do not
option, then select it and
My phone is connected, my properly close and re-open restart the app. If the app
app(s) are running, but I still their connection to SYNC 3, does not have that option,
over ignition cycles, for
cannot find any apps.
select the phone's settings
example.
menu and select 'Apps',
then find the particular app
and choose 'Force stop.' Do
not forget to restart the app
afterward, then select
"Connect Mobile Apps" on
SYNC 3.

399

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
AppLink issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tap the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tap the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC 3's
Mobile App's Menu.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.

There is a Bluetooth issue
on some older versions of
the Android operating
system that may cause apps
that were found on your
previous vehicle drive to not
be found again if you did not
switch Bluetooth off.

400

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Switch Bluetooth off and
then on to reset it on your
phone. If you are in your
vehicle, SYNC 3 should be
able to automatically reconnect to your phone if you
press the "Phone" button.

SYNC™ 3
AppLink issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
My iPhone is connected, my
back in to the phone. After a
app is running, I restarted
You may need to reset the
few seconds, the app should
the app but I still cannot find USB connection to SYNC 3.
appear in SYNC 3's Mobile
it on SYNC 3.
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
Increase the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.

I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
The Bluetooth volume on
app on SYNC 3, but there is
the phone may be low.
no sound or the sound is
very low.
Some Android devices have
a limited number of
Bluetooth ports that apps
can use to connect. If you
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my have more AppLink apps on
phone listed in the SYNC 3 your phone than the number
of available Bluetooth ports,
Mobile Apps Menu.
you will not see all of your
apps listed in the SYNC 3
mobile apps menu.

Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
3 to find. If the app has a
"Ford SYNC" setting, disable
that setting in the app's
settings menu on the phone.

Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

You may be using the
SYNC 3 does
wrong voice commands.
not understand
what I am
saying.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong
time.

Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
Wait for the system to prompt you before
you state your command.

401

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause

Possible solution

You may be using the
Review the media voice commands at the
wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section.
Say the song or artist name exactly as it is
displayed on your device. For example, say
"Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple
Rain".
You may not be saying
SYNC 3 does
the name exactly as it
not understand appears on your device.
the name of a
song or artist.

SYNC 3 does
not understand
or is calling the
wrong contact
when I want to
make a call.

The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recognizing foreign
names stored
on my cell
phone.

Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If there are any abbreviations in the name,
like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those:
"E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N".

The song or artist name
may have some special
characters that are not
being recognized by
SYNC 3.

Make sure that song titles, artists, album,
and playlists names do not have any special
characters like *, - or +.

You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phonebook.

Make sure that you are saying the name
exactly as it appears on your phone. For
example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson",
say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name
is "Mom", say "Call Mom".

The contact name may
contain special characters.

Make sure that your contact names do not
have any special characters like *, - or +.
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.

You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phonebook.

Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
3 will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.

402

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3
Voice command issues
Issue

The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recognizing foreign
tracks, artists,
albums, genres
and playlist
names from my
media player or
USB flash drive.

Possible cause

Possible solution

You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC 3.

SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.

The system
generates voice
prompts and
SYNC 3 uses text-tothe pronuncispeech voice prompt
ation of some
technology.
words may not
be accurate for
my language.

SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated
voice rather than pre-recorded human
voice.
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").

403

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

SYNC™ 3

General
Issue

The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC 3
language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).

Possible cause

Possible solution

SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
SYNC 3 does not support languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the
the currently selected
language for the instru- current active language.
ment cluster and inform- SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages.
display.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").

SYNC 3 System Reset

The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC
3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system.
For additional assistance with SYNC 3
troubleshooting please call or visit the Ford
Website.
Ford Support

Customer Relation- United States: 1-800-392-3673
ship Center
Canada: 1-800-565-3673
Website

owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca

404

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Accessories
Interior style

For a complete listing of the accessories
that are available for your vehicle, please
contact your authorized dealer or visit the
online store web site:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Web Address (United States)

www.Accessories.Ford.com
Web Address (Canada)

www.Accessories.Ford.ca

All-weather floor mats.
Cargo area protectors.
Cargo organizers.
Door sills.
Interior light kit.
Premium carpeted floor mats.
Shift knobs.
Sport pedals.

Lifestyle

Ford Accessories are available for your
vehicle through an authorized Ford dealer.
Ford Motor Company will repair or replace
any properly authorized dealer-installed
Ford Original Accessory found to be
defective in factory-supplied materials or
workmanship during the warranty period,
as well as any component damaged by the
defective accessories.

•
•
•

Tablet cradle.*
Ash cup and smokers packages.
Roof racks and carriers.*

Peace of mind
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Ford Motor Company will warrant your
accessory through the warranty that
provides the greatest benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.

Bumper-mounted parking sensor.*
Full vehicle covers.*
Locking fuel plug.
Remote start.
Vehicle security systems.
Wheel locks.
Roadside assistance kits.*

Contact an authorized dealer for details
and a copy of the warranty.

Exterior style
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Graphics.
Hood deflector.*
Keyless entry.
Side window deflectors.
Splash guards.
Spoilers.
Wheels.
Bumper protector.

405

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Accessories
•
Footnote

*Ford Licensed Accessory. The accessory
manufacturer designs, develops and
therefore warrants Ford Licensed
Accessories, and does not design or test
these accessories to Ford Motor
Company engineering requirements.
Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the
manufacturer's limited warranty details,
and request a copy of the Ford Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty
from the accessory manufacturer.

•

An authorized dealer should install
mobile communications systems.
Improper installation may harm the
operation of your vehicle, particularly
if the manufacturer did not design the
mobile communication system
specifically for automotive use.
If you or an authorized dealer add any
non-Ford electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect
battery performance and durability. In
addition, you may also adversely affect
the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.

For maximum vehicle performance, keep
the following information in mind when
adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your vehicle:
• Do not exceed the total weight
capacity of the vehicle or of the front
or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as
indicated on the Safety Compliance
Certification label). Consult an
authorized dealer for specific weight
information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian
Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulate the use
of radio transmitter-equipped mobile
communications systems, for example,
two-way radios, telephones and theft
alarms. Any such equipment should
comply with the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission
(CRTC) regulations, and an authorized
dealer should install this equipment.

406

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Ford Protect
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.

That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.

Ford Protect Extended Service
Plans (U.S. Only)

Rental Car Reimbursement

Ford Protect Extended Service Plan means
peace of mind. It’s the extended service
plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and
provides more protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When
you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford
Protect Extended Service Plans!

1st day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for
the day.
Extended Rental Benefits

Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself

If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including warranty repairs, and
Field Service Actions.

One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan. With Ford Protect
you minimize your risk for unexpected
repair bills and rising repair costs.

Roadside Assistance

Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle
Components

Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:

There are four mechanical Ford Protect
Extended Service Plans with different
levels of coverage. Ask your authorized
dealer for details.

•
•
•

PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
1,000 covered components, this plan
is so complete it’s probably easier to
list what’s not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.

•

Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts.
Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage or other transportation.

Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Protect Extended Service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. Which should
give you and your potential buyer a little
more peace of mind.

Ford Protect Extended Service Plans are
honored by all authorized Ford dealers in
the U.S., Canada and Mexico.

407

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Ford Protect
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your
Vehicle

Ford Protect Extended Service
Plan (CANADA ONLY)

Ford Protect Extended Service Plan also
offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.

You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan. Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan is the only service
contract backed by Ford Motor Company
of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan
you purchase, Ford Protect Extended
Service Plan provides benefits such as:

Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc.
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers.
• Struts.
• Engine Belts.
• Engine coolant hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment.
• Cabin air filter replacement every
20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric
vehicles only).

•
•
•

•

Rental reimbursement.
Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires.
Roadside Assistance benefits.

There are several Ford Protect Extended
Service Plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations.
Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving
needs, including reimbursement for towing
and rental. When you purchase Ford
Protect Extended Service Plan, you receive
added peace-of-mind protection
throughout Canada, the United States and
Mexico, provided by a network of
participating authorized Ford Motor
Company dealers.

Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 10% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved
with no credit check or hassles. To learn
more, call our Ford Protect Extended
Service Plan specialists at 800-367-3377.

Note: Repairs performed outside of
Canada, the United States and Mexico are
not eligible for Ford Protect Extended
Service Plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information; visit your local Ford of
Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan that
is right for you.

Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232

408

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft®
Replacement Parts

GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION

Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and
Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide
24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.

Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.

If you do not use Ford authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.

We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes;
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.

Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.

It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 269).

Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.

Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.

Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.

Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.

Your vehicle is equipped with the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which
displays a message in the information
display at the proper oil change interval.
This interval may be up to one year or
10000 miles (16000 kilometers).

409

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance
When the oil change message appears in
the information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 miles
(800 kilometers) of the message
appearing. Make sure you reset the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each oil
change.

Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.

If your information display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at
six months or 5000 miles (8000
kilometers) from your last oil change.
Never exceed one year or 10000 miles
(16000 kilometers) between oil change
intervals.

Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.

Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex, performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.

Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using a Ford-approved flushing
chemical.

Ford Motor Company has recommended
maintenance intervals for various parts
and component systems based upon
engineering testing. Ford Motor Company
relies upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.

Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six-month intervals.

We strongly recommend the use of only
genuine Ford, Motorcraft or
Ford-authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.

410

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Check every month

Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.

Check every six months

Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.

Multi-Point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.

411

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Multi-Point inspection

Accessory drive belt(s)

Hazard warning system operation

Battery performance

Horn operation

Engine air filter

Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning
hoses

Exhaust system

Suspension components for leaks or
damage

Exterior lamps operation
*

Fluid levels ; fill if necessary

Steering and linkage
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper
pressure

For oil and fluid leaks

Windshield for cracks, chips or pits

Half-shaft dust boots

Washer spray and wiper operation

Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer

If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
This means you do not have to remember
to change the oil on a mileage-based
schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when
an oil change is due by displaying a
message in the information display.

Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.

The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of
use.

NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™
Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you
should change the engine oil based on how
your vehicle is used. By using several
important factors in its calculations, the
monitor helps reduce the cost of owning
your vehicle and reduces environmental
waste at the same time.

412

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

When to expect the message prompting you to change your oil
Interval

Vehicle use and example

Normal
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling

7500-10000 miles
(12000-16000 km)

Severe
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation

5000-7499 miles
(8000-11999 km)

Extreme

3000-4999 miles
(4800-7999 km)

Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation

Normal Maintenance Intervals
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display

Change engine oil and filter.

Rotate tires, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth.
Perform a multi-point inspection (recommended).
Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level (if equipped with a dipstick). Consult
your dealer for requirements.
Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the half-shaft boots.

413

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display

Inspect steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and tie-rod ends. Lubricate if equipped
with grease fittings.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or
drag.
1

Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between service intervals.

Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil
Check (page 216).

Other maintenance items

Every 20000 miles (32000 Replace cabin air filter.
km)
Every 30000 miles (48000 Replace engine air filter.
km)
At 100000 miles (160000
km)
Every 100000 miles
(160000 km)

Change engine coolant.
Replace spark plugs.

Inspect accessory drive belt(s).

Change automatic transmission fluid.
Every 150000 miles
(240000 km)

Change manual transmission fluid.
Replace accessory drive belt(s) if not replaced within the
last 100000 miles (160000 km).
Replace timing and oil pump belt (1.0L engine).

Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last
engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
2

Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three
years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers).
3

After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.

414

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance
Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the OIL
CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing
in the information display.
• Example 1: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message comes on at
28751 miles (46270 kilometers).
Perform the 30000-mile
(48000-kilometer) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
• Example 2: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message has not come
on, but the odometer reads 30000
miles (48000 kilometers) (for
example, the Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor was reset at 25000 miles
[40000 kilometers]). Perform the
engine air filter replacement.

SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.

Using a car-top carrier

As required

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.

Every 60000 miles (96000 Change manual transmission fluid.
km)
Replace spark plugs.

Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use
(such as delivery, taxi, patrol car or livery)

As required

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.

Inspect frequently, service
as required

Replace cabin air filter.
Replace engine air filter.

Every 60000 miles (96000 Replace spark plugs.
km)

415

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)

Inspect frequently, service
as required

Replace cabin air filter.

Every 5000 miles (8000
km)

Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.

Replace engine air filter.

Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
Every 5000 miles (8000
km) or six months

Change engine oil and filter.

Perform multi-point inspection.
Every 50000 miles (80000 Change manual transmission fluid.
km)
*

Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine
Oil Check (page 216).

Exclusive use of E85 (flex fuel vehicles only)

Every oil change

If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular
unleaded fuel.
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals

Exceptions

Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 3000 miles (5000
kilometers).

There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule:
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Ford Motor Company, however,
urges you to have all recommended
maintenance services performed at the
specified intervals and to record all vehicle
service.

If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
1800 miles (3000 kilometers).

416

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter
Replacement

and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in
these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.

The life of the engine air filter and cabin air
filter is dependent on exposure to dusty

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

417

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

418

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

419

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

420

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

421

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

422

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

423

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

424

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

425

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:

E146852

426

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations

END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT

•

VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
•

•

You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.

•

IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).

•

GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
•

You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.

Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.

427

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
•

•

Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.

•

Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.

428

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
•

•

Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.

UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.

EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.

429

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.

General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a

PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
•

Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.

430

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices

•

Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.

substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.

431

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty

CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.

YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL

Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
•

The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.

432

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.

Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.

(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.

(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.

(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator

(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up

433

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.

filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.

(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
•

•

(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.

I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all

(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.

434

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use

2. Account Information

You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:

You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.

(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;

3. Software License
•

(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).

Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.

3.1 License Limitations
•

You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.

(a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)

435

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
•

I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.

•

4. Disclaimers
•

is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.

5. Limitation of Liability

To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others

•

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY

436

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
•

6. Arbitration and Governing Law
•

You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit

You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or

437

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
8.6

conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.

The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".

8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.

9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
•

8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.

The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::

9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.

8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.

© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.

438

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.

Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.

©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved

Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.

Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.

Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A

439

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.

export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.

Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.

Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:

Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such

440

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices

B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):

NOTICE OF USE

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.

1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provisions:

a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.

If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:

b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.

“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”

441

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”

either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.

3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:

4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.

The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,

442

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:

II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”

Country

Notice

Jordan

“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement, HERE
shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.

III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Territory Notice

B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications” shall mean Geomarketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.

Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
Guadeloupe,
French
Guiana
and
Martinique
Mexico

“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”

IV. Middle East Territory

443

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.

V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”

C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.

B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic

D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Country(ies) Notice

444

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
Austria
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine

“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”

Sweden

Switzerland “Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.

France

Germany

“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”

Great Britain “Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Greece

Spain

VI. Australia Territory

“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”

Hungary

Italy

“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”

Norway

Portugal

“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”

A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).

445

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.

Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors.”

Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.

VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.

rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.

Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)

446

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
No Other Warranty:

Export Control

EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.

You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.

Limited Liability:

Entire Agreement

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.

These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©

447

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.

or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.

Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)

Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.

This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software

Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE

448

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.

(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website

www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:

Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:

449

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.

Website

www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.

Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.

3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.

7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.

5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel

450

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

E207827

China

TYPE APPROVALS

E206304

European Union
E207834

E207828

Indonesia

E207823

Canada

E207829

Jordan
451

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices

E207833

E206300

Mexico

South Africa

E207831

Morocco
E206303

E206301

South Korea

E206302

Taiwan

E207832

Singapore
452

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Appendices

E206305

Ukraine

E207830

United States

453

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

454

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index

Low Fuel Minder...................................................90
Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................90

Audio Control...................................................70

A/C
See: Climate Control.........................................103

Seek, Next or Previous.........................................71

About This Manual...........................................7
ABS

Audio System................................................282
General Information.........................................282

Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Satellite
Radio.............................................................290
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony Audio
System.........................................................286

See: Brakes............................................................145

ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes................................................................145

Menu Structure...................................................287

Accessories...................................................405

Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC.........283
Autolamps........................................................76

Exterior style.......................................................405
Interior style.........................................................405
Lifestyle.................................................................405
Peace of mind....................................................405

Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps........................................................76

Automatic Climate Control......................104

Accessories

Dual Zone Temperature Control..................106
Single Zone Temperature Control...............105
Temperature Control........................................105

See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................12

Active Park Assist.........................................153

Automatic High Beam Control..................78

Deactivating the Active Park Assist
Feature...............................................................157
Parallel Parking, Perpendicular Parking,
Parallel Park Out Assist...............................153
Troubleshooting the System..........................157

Activating the System........................................78
Manually Overriding the System....................79

Automatic Transmission...........................140
Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning.............................................................144
Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................143
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow..................................................................144
SelectShift Automatic™
Transmission....................................................141
Understanding the Positions of Your
Automatic Transmission..............................141

Adjusting the Headlamps.........................226
Horizontal Aim Adjustment............................227
Vertical Aim Adjustment.................................226

Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................70
Airbag Disposal..............................................46
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control.........................................103

Air Filter

Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................222
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................126

See: Changing the Engine Air Filter.............235

Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................69

Limitations of Use..............................................126
Switching the System On and Off................127
Using Auto-Start-Stop with a Manual
Transmission...................................................126
Using Auto-Start-Stop with an Automatic
Transmission...................................................126

Ambient Lighting...........................................80
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................69
Arming the Alarm................................................69
Disarming the Alarm...........................................69

Appendices....................................................427
Apps..................................................................377

Auxiliary Power Points.................................116

...................................................................................377
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link...................379

12 Volt DC Power Point......................................116
Location..................................................................116

Audible Warnings and Indicators............90
Fasten Safety Belt...............................................90
Headlamps On Warning Chime.....................90
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................90
Keyless Warning Alert........................................90

455

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index

Replacing Licence Plate and High Mounted
Brake Lamp Bulbs.........................................233

Changing a Fuse...........................................210

Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery......................223

Fuses.......................................................................210

Blind Spot Information System..............169

Changing a Road Wheel...........................264

Switching the System Off and On.................171
System Errors.........................................................171
Using the System................................................170

Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Information.....................................................264
Tire Change Procedure....................................265

Body Styling Kits..........................................244
Bonnet Lock

Changing the 12V Battery.........................223
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................235
Changing the Front Wiper Blades.........224

See: Opening and Closing the Hood............212

Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades................................................................225
Service Position..................................................225

Booster Seats..................................................24
Types of Booster Seats......................................24

Brake Fluid Check........................................222
Brakes...............................................................145

Changing the Rear Wiper Blades...........225
Checking MyKey System Status...............57

General Information..........................................145

MyKey Distance.....................................................57
Number of Admin Keys.......................................57
Number of MyKeys...............................................57

Breaking-In.....................................................186
Bulb Specification Chart...........................233

Checking the Wiper Blades......................224
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................35
Child Restraint Positioning.........................26
Child Safety.......................................................16

Cabin Air Filter...............................................108
California Proposition 65..............................11
Capacities and Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™..................................................275

General Information.............................................16

Child Safety Locks..........................................27

Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates............................................................277
Capacities.............................................................275
Specifications......................................................275

Left-Hand Side.....................................................28
Right-Hand Side...................................................28

Cleaning Leather Seats..............................241
Cleaning Products........................................237
Cleaning the Engine....................................239
Cleaning the Exterior..................................238

Capacities and Specifications 2.0L.................................................................278
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates............................................................281
Capacities.............................................................278
Specifications......................................................279

Exterior Chrome Parts......................................238
Exterior Plastic Parts........................................238
Stripes or Graphics............................................238
Underbody...........................................................239
Under Hood.........................................................239

Capacities and Specifications................269
Car Wash

Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens..........................241
Cleaning the Interior...................................240
Cleaning the Wheels..................................242
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................240
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................56
Climate Control.............................................103
Clutch Fluid Check - Manual
Transmission...............................................222
Cold Weather Precautions........................186

See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................238

Catalytic Converter......................................132
Driving with a Catalytic Converter................132

Center Console................................................117
Changing a Bulb...........................................228
Front Fog Lamp..................................................230
Headlamp.............................................................228
LED Rear Lamps.................................................233
Rear Lamps - 4 Door..........................................231
Rear Lamps - 5 Door.........................................232

456

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index
Driving Through Water...............................186
DRL

Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check.............................218

Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........45
Creating a MyKey............................................55

See: Daytime Running Lamps..........................77

Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................55

Cross Traffic Alert...........................................171

Eco Mode.........................................................174

False Alerts............................................................173
Switching the System Off and On................174
System Errors........................................................174
System Lights, Messages and Audible
Alerts...................................................................173
System Limitations.............................................173
Using the System.................................................171

Resetting Eco Mode...........................................174
Type 1.......................................................................174

Economical Driving......................................186
Emission Control System..........................135
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................136
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing....................................................137

Cruise Control...................................................71

End User License Agreement..................427

Principle of Operation.......................................162

VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................427

Cruise control

Engine Block Heater....................................124

See: Using Cruise Control................................162

Customer Assistance..................................194

Using the Engine Block Heater......................125

Engine Coolant Check................................218

Adding Coolant....................................................218
Coolant Change.................................................220
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management...................................................221
Fail-Safe Cooling...............................................220
Recycled Coolant................................................219
Severe Climates.................................................220

Data Recording..................................................9
Event Data Recording..........................................10
Service Data Recording........................................9

Daytime Running Lamps..............................77
Type 1 - Conventional
(Non-Configurable)........................................77
Type 2 - Configurable..........................................77

Engine Cooling Fan......................................218
Engine Immobilizer

Digital Radio..................................................292

See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................67

HD Radio Reception and Station
Troubleshooting............................................293

Engine Oil Check...........................................216

Direction Indicators........................................79
Doors and Locks.............................................59
Drive Belt Routing - 1.0L
EcoBoost™.................................................236
Drive Belt Routing - 2.0L...........................236
Driver Alert......................................................164

Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L
EcoBoost™..................................................216
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L...........................216
Engine Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™.................................................269
Engine Specifications - 2.0L....................270
Entertainment..............................................354

Adding Engine Oil...............................................216

Principle of Operation.......................................164
Using Driver Alert................................................164

AM/FM Radio......................................................355
Apps........................................................................363
Bluetooth Stereo or USB................................362
CD.............................................................................361
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)........................................................358
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)........................................................356
Sources..................................................................355

Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Children and Airbags..........................................39
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................39

Driver Knee Airbag.........................................43
Driving Aids.....................................................164
Driving at High Speed.................................267
Driving Hints...................................................186

457

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information................................363
USB Ports.............................................................363

Fuel Shutoff...................................................190
Fuses.................................................................201
Fuse Specification Chart...........................201

Environment......................................................15
Event Data Recording

Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................201
Luggage Compartment Fuse Box................207
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box...........205

See: Data Recording..............................................9

Export Unique Options..................................13
Exterior Mirrors................................................82

Blind Spot Monitor..............................................83
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................83
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................83
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors..........................83
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................82

Gauges...............................................................86
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............86
Fuel Gauge..............................................................87
Information Display.............................................86

General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................47
General Maintenance Information.......409

F
Fan

Multi-Point Inspection.......................................411
Owner Checks and Services..........................410
Protecting Your Investment..........................409
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?.........................409
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?....................................................409

See: Engine Cooling Fan..................................218

Fastening the Seatbelts..............................30
Seatbelt Locking Modes.....................................31
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy...............30

Floor Mats........................................................187
Fog Lamps - Front
Ford Credit..........................................................11

Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada..........................................................197
Getting the Services You Need...............194

US Only......................................................................11

Away From Home..............................................194

See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................79

Ford Protect...................................................407

Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
(CANADA ONLY).........................................408
Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S.
Only)..................................................................407

Handbrake
See: Parking Brake.............................................146

Front Fog Lamps............................................79
Front Parking Aid..........................................152
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Front Wiper Blades

Hazard Warning Flashers..........................190
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................226

See: Changing the Front Wiper Blades.......224

Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................77
Headlamp Removal

Fuel and Refueling.......................................128
Fuel Consumption........................................134

Head Restraints.............................................110

Calculating Fuel Economy..............................135
Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................134

Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................111
Tilting Head Restraints .....................................112

Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................130
Fuel Quality - E85.........................................129

Heated Seats...................................................115
Heated Steering Wheel................................72
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................108

See: Removing a Headlamp...........................227

Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel
Vehicles.............................................................129
Switching Between E85 and
Gasoline............................................................130

Heated Exterior Mirrors....................................108
Heated Rear Window.......................................108

Heating

Fuel Quality - Gasoline...............................130

See: Climate Control.........................................103

Choosing the Right Fuel..................................130

458

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index

Hill Start Assist..............................................146
Switching the System On and Off................147
Using Hill Start Assist........................................147

Keyless Entry...................................................64

Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................106

SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD..............................................................64

Cooling the Interior Quickly.............................107
General Hints.......................................................106
Heating the Interior Quickly............................106
Recommended Settings for Cooling ..........107
Recommended Settings for Heating..........107
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather............................................................108

Keyless Starting.............................................118
Failure to Start......................................................119
Fast Restart..........................................................120
Starting Your Vehicle..........................................119
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving...............................................................120
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary.........................................................120
Switching the Ignition On to Accessory
Mode....................................................................119

Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................145
Home Screen.................................................347
Hood Lock

Keys and Remote Controls.........................47

See: Opening and Closing the Hood............212

Lane Keeping System.................................165

Ignition Switch................................................118
In California (U.S. Only).............................195
Information Display Control........................71
Information Displays......................................91

Switching the System On and Off...............166

Lighting Control...............................................75
Headlamp Flasher................................................76
High Beams.............................................................75
Parking Lamps.......................................................75

General Information.............................................91

Information Messages.................................95
Installing Child Restraints.............................17

Lighting...............................................................75

Child Seats...............................................................17
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................18
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH)............................................20
Using Tether Straps.............................................22

Load Carrying.................................................176
Load Limit........................................................176

General Information............................................75

Special Loading Instructions for Owners of
Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type
Vehicles..............................................................181
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer..................................................................176

Instrument Cluster........................................86
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................77
Interior Lamps.................................................79

Locking and Unlocking.................................59

Front Interior Lamps (If Equipped)...............79

Activating Intelligent Access...........................60
Autolock...................................................................61
Autounlock.............................................................62
Battery Saver.........................................................62
Disabled Intelligent Access Keys.....................61
Illuminated Entry..................................................62
Illuminated Exit.....................................................62
Opening the Liftgate or Luggage
Compartment...................................................63
Power Door Locks................................................59
Remote Control....................................................59
Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead
Transmitter.........................................................61

Interior Luggage Compartment Release
- 4-Door..........................................................65
Interior Mirror...................................................84
Introduction.........................................................7

J
Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................191
Connecting the Jumper Cables......................191
Jump Starting.......................................................192
Preparing Your Vehicle.......................................191
Removing the Jumper Cables........................192

459

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index

Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access
Keys.......................................................................61

Luggage Covers.............................................176

Navigation......................................................369

Removing the Cover...........................................176

cityseeker..............................................................376
Destination Mode................................................371
Map Mode............................................................369
Navigation Map Updates.................................377
Navigation Menu................................................374
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link....................377
Waypoints.............................................................375

Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................264

Lug Nuts..........................................................268

M
Maintenance...................................................212

Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........412

General Information...........................................212

Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™..........................412
Normal Maintenance Intervals......................413

Manual Climate Control............................103
Manual Liftgate...............................................63

Closing the Liftgate.............................................64
Opening the Liftgate...........................................63

Manual Seats..................................................112
Manual Transmission - 5-Speed Manual
Transmission (MTX-75)..........................139

Oil Change Indicator Reset........................217
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System................................................................217

Parking Your Vehicle..........................................140
Recommended Shift Speeds........................140
Reverse...................................................................140
Using the Clutch..................................................139

Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................216

Opening and Closing the Hood...............212
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................198

Manual Transmission - 6-Speed Manual
Transmission (MMT6).............................138

Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual..........199

Parking Your Vehicle..........................................139
Recommended Shift Speeds........................138
Reverse...................................................................138
Using the Clutch..................................................138

Overhead Console.........................................117

Media Hub......................................................297
Message Center

Parking Aids.....................................................151

See: Information Displays..................................91

Parking Brake.................................................146

P
Principle of Operation........................................151

Mirrors

All Vehicles............................................................146
Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission...................................................146
Vehicles With Manual Transmission...........146

See: Heated Windows and Mirrors..............108
See: Windows and Mirrors.................................81

Mobile Communications Equipment.......13
Moonroof..........................................................84

Passive Anti-Theft System.........................67

Bounce-Back.........................................................85
Opening and Closing the Moonroof..............85
Venting the Moonroof........................................85

SecuriLock...............................................................67

PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................67

Motorcraft Parts - 1.0L EcoBoost™.......271
Motorcraft Parts - 2.0L...............................272
MyKey Troubleshooting................................57
MyKey™.............................................................54

Perchlorate.........................................................11
Personal Safety System™..........................37

Principle of Operation........................................54

Phone...............................................................364

How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?...................................................................37
During a Phone Call..........................................367
Making Calls........................................................366

460

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time..................................................................364
Phone Menu........................................................365
Receiving Calls....................................................367
Smartphone Connectivity..............................368
Text Messaging..................................................368

Remote Control - Vehicles With: Keyless
Entry.................................................................47

Post-Crash Alert System...........................193
Power Door Locks

Remote Control - Vehicles With: Keyless
Entry with Remote Start............................51

See: Locking and Unlocking.............................59

Changing the Remote Control Battery..........51
Intelligent Access Key..........................................51
Locating Your Vehicle.........................................52
Programming a New Remote Control...........51
Remote Start.........................................................52
Sounding the Panic Alarm................................52

Changing the Remote Control Battery........48
Intelligent Access Key.........................................47
Locating Your Vehicle.........................................49
Programming a New Remote Control.........48

Power Seats.....................................................112
Power Lumbar.......................................................113

Power Windows...............................................81
Accessory Delay....................................................82
Bounce-Back..........................................................81
One-Touch Down..................................................81
One-Touch Up........................................................81
Window Lock..........................................................81

Remote Start.................................................109
Automatic Settings...........................................109
Heated and Cooled Devices...........................109
Last Settings........................................................109

Protecting the Environment........................15

Removing a Headlamp..............................227
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............242
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................12

R
Rear Parking Aid.............................................151
Rear Seats........................................................113

Collision Repairs....................................................12
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs..................................................................12
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12

Folding the Seatback.........................................113

Rear Under Floor Storage..........................176
Cargo Management System...........................176

Rear View Camera.......................................159

Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control.............................................................53
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)..............................................................199
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)..............................................................199
Roadside Assistance..................................189

Enhanced Park Aids............................................161
Using the Rear View Camera System.........159

Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................159

Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........74
Rear Window Washer.........................................74
Rear Window Wiper.............................................74

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside
Assistance........................................................189
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside
Assistance Program Coverage.................190
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside
Assistance........................................................190
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................189
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................189

Rear Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Rear Wiper Blades.......225

Refueling..........................................................132
System Warnings................................................134

Remote Control - Vehicles With:
Integrated Key Transmitter......................49
Changing the Remote Control Battery........50
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter....................49
Locating Your Vehicle.........................................50
Programming a New Remote Control.........49
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function..............................................................50
Sounding the Panic Alarm...............................50

Roadside Emergencies..............................189
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................186

461

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index
Snow Chains

Running Out of Fuel......................................131

See: Using Snow Chains.................................260

Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container...........................................................131
Filling a Portable Fuel Container....................131

Special Notices................................................12
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector............................................................13
Special Instructions..............................................12

Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................415

Safety Canopy™............................................44
Safety Precautions.......................................128
Satellite Radio..............................................295

Exceptions.............................................................416

Speed Control

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)................................................................296
Satellite Radio Reception Factors..............295
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service..................295
Troubleshooting.................................................296

See: Cruise Control............................................162

Stability Control............................................149
Principle of Operation.......................................149

Starter Switch

Scheduled Maintenance Record.............417
Scheduled Maintenance..........................409
Seatbelt Extension........................................35
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................32
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................33

See: Ignition Switch............................................118

Starting a Gasoline Engine.........................121
Automatic Engine Shutdown.........................122
Failure to Start.....................................................122
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................124
Important Ventilating Information...............124
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving................................................................123
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary.........................................................123
Vehicles with an Ignition Key...........................121
Vehicles with Keyless Start..............................121

Belt-Minder™........................................................33

Seatbelts...........................................................29
Principle of Operation........................................29

Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime...............................................................32
Conditions of operation.....................................33

Seats..................................................................110
Security..............................................................67
Settings...........................................................380

Starting and Stopping the Engine...........118
General Information...........................................118

Steering.............................................................175

911 Assist...............................................................385
Ambient Lighting...............................................390
Bluetooth..............................................................382
Clock........................................................................381
Display....................................................................391
General..................................................................389
Media Player.........................................................381
Mobile Apps........................................................388
Navigation............................................................386
Phone.....................................................................382
Radio......................................................................385
Sound....................................................................380
Valet Mode...........................................................392
Vehicle...................................................................390
Voice Control.......................................................392
Wi-Fi.......................................................................390

Electric Power Steering.....................................175

Steering Wheel................................................70
Storage Compartments..............................117
Sunroof
See: Moonroof.......................................................84

Sun Visors.........................................................84
Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................84

Supplementary Restraints System.........38
Principle of Operation........................................38

Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ 3........................................................336
General Information.........................................336

SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................392
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......314
911 Assist................................................................314
SYNC Mobile Apps.............................................316

Side Airbags.....................................................42
Sitting in the Correct Position...................110

SYNC™...........................................................298
General Information.........................................298

462

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index
Transporting the Vehicle............................182
Trip Computer.................................................94

SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................328

All Values................................................................94
Average Fuel Consumption..............................94
Distance to Empty...............................................94
Outside Air Temperature...................................94
Resetting the Trip Computer...........................94
Trip Odometer.......................................................94
Trip Timer................................................................94

Tailgate
See: Manual Liftgate...........................................63

Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............269

The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................196
Tire Care..........................................................245

Type Approvals..............................................451

Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................247
Important Information for 235/40R18
Low-Profile Tires and Wheels..................245
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading.............................................................245
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall...........................................................248
Temperature A B C............................................246
Traction AA A B C..............................................246
Treadwear............................................................246

Under Hood Overview - 1.0L
EcoBoost™..................................................214
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L....................215
Unique Driving Characteristics................126
USB Port..........................................................297
Using Cruise Control....................................162

Switching Cruise Control Off..........................162
Switching Cruise Control On..........................162

Tire Pressure Monitoring System............261

Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems...........................................................57
Using Snow Chains....................................260
Using Stability Control...............................150
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player.............................................................319

Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................262
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System ......................................262

Tires

Accessing Your USB Song Library...............323
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings.............................................................325
Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the
USB Port...........................................................319
Media Menu Features.......................................322
Media Voice Commands................................320
USB 2......................................................................325
Voice Commands for Audio Sources.........326

See: Wheels and Tires.....................................245

Towing a Trailer.............................................182
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - 1.0L
EcoBoost™, Automatic
Transmission...............................................183
Emergency Towing.............................................183
Recreational Towing..........................................183

Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 2.0L, Automatic Transmission..............183

Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............302

Emergency Towing.............................................183
Recreational Towing.........................................184

Accessing Features through the Phone
Menu..................................................................307
Accessing Your Phone Settings....................310
Bluetooth Devices...............................................311
Making Calls........................................................306
Pairing a Phone for the First Time...............303
Pairing Subsequent Phones.........................304
Phone Options during an Active Call........306
Phone Voice Commands...............................304
Receiving Calls...................................................306
System Settings..................................................312

Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Manual Transmission...............................182
Recreational Towing..........................................182

Towing..............................................................182
Traction Control............................................148
Principle of Operation.......................................148

Transmission Code Designation.............274
Transmission..................................................138
Transmission
See: Transmission..............................................138

463

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Index
Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................87
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Lamp....................................................................87
Auto-Start-Stop Indicator................................88
Blind Spot Information System
Indicator.............................................................88
Brake System Warning Lamp.........................88
Cruise Control Indicator.....................................88
Direction Indicator...............................................88
Door Ajar Warning Lamp..................................88
Engine Warning Lamps.....................................88
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp.....................89
Front Fog Lamp Indicator.................................89
Headlamp High Beam Indicator....................89
Ignition Warning Lamp......................................89
Lamps on Indicator.............................................89
Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp..................89
Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp.............................89
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp.......................89
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp..................89
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning
Lamp...................................................................89
Message Center Indicator.................................89
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp.............................90
Stability Control and Traction Control
Indicator.............................................................90
Stability Control and Traction Control Off
Warning Lamp.................................................90

Text Messaging..................................................308

Using Traction Control...............................148
Switching the System Off...............................148
System Indicator Lights and
Messages..........................................................148
Using a Switch.....................................................148
Using the Information Display
Controls.............................................................148

Using Voice Recognition..........................300
Audio Voice Commands.................................349
Initiating a Voice Session...............................300
Mobile App Voice Commands......................352
Navigation Voice Commands........................351
Phone Voice Commands...............................350
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice
Commands.....................................................353
System Interaction and Feedback...............301
Voice Settings Commands............................353

Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)..........................197

V
Vehicle Care....................................................237
General Information..........................................237

Vehicle Certification Label........................274
Vehicle Identification Number................273
Vehicle Storage.............................................242

Washer Fluid Check....................................223
Washers

Battery...................................................................243
Body........................................................................243
Brakes.....................................................................243
Cooling system...................................................243
Engine.....................................................................243
Fuel system..........................................................243
General..................................................................243
Miscellaneous.....................................................244
Removing Vehicle From Storage.................244
Tires.........................................................................243

See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................238
See: Wipers and Washers..................................73

Waxing.............................................................239
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................264

Wheels and Tires.........................................245
Windows and Mirrors.....................................81
Windshield Washers......................................73
Windshield Wipers.........................................73

Ventilation
See: Climate Control.........................................103

Intermittent Wipe.................................................73
Speed Dependent Wipers.................................73

VIN

Wiper Blades

See: Vehicle Identification Number.............273

Voice Control.....................................................71

See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................224

Wipers and Washers.....................................73
Wrecker Towing

See: Transporting the Vehicle........................182

Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator..................87

464

Focus (CDH) Canada/United States of America, HM5J 19A321 AA enUSA, Edition date: 201608, First Printing

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : Unknown
Create Date                     : 2016:08:31 12:31:42Z
Modify Date                     : 2016:11:28 09:23:08-06:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Untitled
Creator                         : Unknown
Producer                        : XEP 4.16 build 20090723
Trapped                         : False
Creator Tool                    : Unknown
Metadata Date                   : 2016:11:28 09:23:08-06:00
Document ID                     : uuid:d599047d-ac8e-4a28-92e2-9f665c338b7e
Instance ID                     : uuid:76770cc2-1c22-427b-bee0-42b51abbba1b
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 467

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools